DICTAPHONE CORP /DE
10-K, 1999-03-31
OFFICE MACHINES, NEC
Previous: SAFESCIENCE INC, 10KSB, 1999-03-31
Next: AMBASSADORS INTERNATIONAL INC, 10-K, 1999-03-31



================================================================================

                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                              --------------------

                                    FORM 10-K

                  FOR ANNUAL AND TRANSITION REPORTS PURSUANT TO
           SECTIONS 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

      (Mark One)
          |X|   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                   For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998

          |_|   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                    For the transition period from      to

                        Commission File Number: 33-93464

                             DICTAPHONE CORPORATION
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

          Delaware                                   06-0992637
(State or other jurisdiction of          (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
incorporation or organization) 

  3191 Broadbridge Avenue, Stratford, CT               06614
   (Address of principal executive offices)          (Zip Code)

       Registrant's telephone number, including area code : (203) 381-7000

       Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
                                      None

       Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
                                      None

Indicate  by check  mark  whether  the  registrant:  (1) has filed  all  reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. [X] Yes [ ] No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to the
best of registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K [X].

The  aggregate  market value of the voting stock held by  non-affiliates  of the
registrant as of March 24, 1999 was $0.00.

As of March 24, 1999, there were 12,934,000  shares of the  registrant's  common
stock, $.01 par value (the "Common Stock"), outstanding. There is no established
trading market for the Common Stock.

                    DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE. None

================================================================================

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                        PAGE
                                                                      REFERENCED
Item Number                                                           FORM 10-K 
- -----------                                                           ----------

                                     PART I

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS..................................................       1

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES................................................       7

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.........................................       7

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.......       8

                                     PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
         STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.......................................       9

ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA...................................       9

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
         CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.......................      11

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT
         MARKET RISK...............................................      18

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA...............      19

ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
         ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.......................      50

                                    PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT........      50

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION....................................      53

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
         MANAGEMENT................................................      60

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS............      61

                                     PART IV

ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND
         REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.......................................      63


<PAGE>

            CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

                    CERTAIN STATEMENTS  CONTAINED HEREIN WHICH EXPRESS "BELIEF,"
"ANTICIPATION," "EXPECTATION," OR "INTENTION" OR ANY OTHER PROJECTION, INCLUDING
STATEMENTS CONCERNING THE LAUNCH OF NEW PRODUCTS, FUTURE COMPANY PERFORMANCE AND
CAPITAL  EXPENDITURES,  INSOFAR  AS THEY  MAY  APPLY  PROSPECTIVELY  AND ARE NOT
HISTORICAL FACTS, ARE "FORWARD-LOOKING" STATEMENTS WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION
27A OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND SECTION 21E OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
OF 1934. BECAUSE SUCH STATEMENTS INCLUDE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES, ACTUAL RESULTS
MAY DIFFER  MATERIALLY FROM THOSE  EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED BY SUCH  FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS.  FACTORS THAT COULD CAUSE ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER  MATERIALLY  FROM
THOSE EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED BY SUCH  FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS INCLUDE, BUT ARE
NOT  LIMITED  TO,  THE RISK  FACTORS  IDENTIFIED  IN  DICTAPHONE'S  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT  ON FORM  S-1 AND IN OTHER  DOCUMENTS  FILED  BY  DICTAPHONE  WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. BECAUSE THE COMPANY WISHES TO TAKE ADVANTAGE
OF THE "SAFE HARBOR"  PROVISIONS OF THE PRIVATE SECURITIES AND LITIGATION REFORM
ACT OF 1995,  READERS ARE CAUTIONED TO CONSIDER,  AMONG OTHERS, THE RISK FACTORS
DESCRIBED IN ITEM 7 "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS".

                                     PART I

ITEM 1.       BUSINESS

GENERAL

        On  April  25,  1995,  Dictaphone  Acquisition  Corporation  ("Successor
Company", also referred to herein as the "Company" or "Dictaphone") entered into
a  Stock  and  Asset  Purchase  Agreement,  as  amended  August  11,  1995  (the
"Acquisition Agreement") with Pitney Bowes Inc. ("Pitney Bowes") for the purpose
of acquiring  (the  "Acquisition")  Dictaphone  Corporation,  the United  States
Dictaphone  Subsidiary of Pitney Bowes,  and certain  foreign  affiliates as set
forth in the Acquisition Agreement (collectively, the "Predecessor Company"). On
August 11, 1995, the Acquisition  was  consummated and the Company  acquired the
Predecessor Company. Subsequent to the Acquisition, the Company changed its name
to "Dictaphone  Corporation",  and the  Predecessor  Company changed its name to
"Dictaphone  Corporation  (U.S.)". In January 1998,  Dictaphone  Corporation was
merged into Dictaphone  Corporation (U.S.),  whereupon the surviving corporation
changed its name to "Dictaphone Corporation".

       The Company is the successor to a business begun by Alexander Graham Bell
in 1876.  Today,  the Company is a leader (in certain  vertical  markets) in the
development, manufacture, marketing, service and support of Integrated Voice and
Data  Management  ("IVDM"(TM))  systems and software,  which include  dictation,
voice processing,  voice response, unified messaging,  records management,  call
center  monitoring  systems and  communications  recording.  The Company has two
operating segments, System Products and Services and Contract Manufacturing. The
System  Products  and  Services  segment  consists  of the sale and  service  of
system-related  products to dictation and voice  management  and  communications
recording  system  customers  in  selected   vertical   markets.   The  Contract
Manufacturing  segment consists of the  manufacturing  operations of the Company
which provides outside  electronics  manufacturing  services ("EMS") to original
equipment  manufacturers  ("OEMs") in the  telecommunications,  data management,
computer and electronics industries.

       The Company's dictation and voice management products  ("Integrated Voice
Systems",  or "I.V.S." and "Integrated Health Systems",  or "I.H.S."),  sales of
which  represented 31% of the Company's 1998 total revenue,  consist of portable
and  desktop  dictation  products,  and voice  management  and voice  processing
systems used  primarily  by  professionals  such as  physicians,  attorneys  and
business  executives,  and  by  enterprises  such  as  hospitals,   governmental
agencies,  financial  institutions,  courts,  insurance  agencies and law firms.
Voice processing systems are generally larger,  more  sophisticated  versions of
dictation  products  designed  to  accommodate  multiple  users.  The  Company's
communications   recording  systems   ("Communications   Recording  Systems"  or
"C.R.S."),  sales of which  represented 23% of the Company's 1998 total revenue,
consist  primarily of multi-channel  archiving  recorders and emergency  message
repeaters used primarily by police  departments,  fire departments,  air traffic
controllers and other public safety agencies,  as well as by financial  services
firms  and  other  businesses.  These  products  perform  continuous,   reliable
recording of multiple  telephone or other  communications  lines,  such as radio
channels,  to protect customers who face potentially  severe financial or safety
risks  posed  by  lost  or  misinterpreted   telephone  conversations  or  voice
broadcasts. The Company's communications recording systems products also include

                                       1
<PAGE>

quality  monitoring,  productivity and training  products used primarily by call
centers.  Dictaphone's  service business,  revenue from which represented 32% of
the Company's 1998 total revenue,  provides its customers with service  hardware
and software support, expedited repairs and remote diagnostics.  Many Dictaphone
customers,  including those purchasing  large systems,  purchase Company service
contracts at the time of product purchase.

DICTATION AND VOICE MANAGEMENT

       The  dictation  products  market  consists  of (i) the  professional  and
commercial market and (ii) the consumer market. The voice management market also
consists primarily of the professional and commercial  market.  Customers in the
professional  and commercial  market include  professionals  such as physicians,
attorneys  and business  executives,  and  enterprises  that  require  swift and
efficient document creation such as hospitals,  governmental entities, insurance
agencies,  financial  institutions  and law  firms.  Customers  in  this  market
typically  purchase products through direct sales or dealer  representatives  of
established companies that can provide reliable, long-term service through their
service networks.  Dictation  products marketed to customers in the professional
and  commercial  segment are  generally  more  expensive  than those sold in the
consumer  segment  because they represent more durable  construction  for longer
product life and provide  special  features  geared to office and  transcription
use. The consumer  segment  consists of customers who typically  purchase  lower
priced  desktop and portable  machines  through  retail,  catalog and mail order
establishments.

       The Company believes that dictation products in its markets are purchased
primarily by existing  industry  customers.  According to the  Company's  market
surveys, approximately 70% of the purchasing activity in the marketplace is from
existing customers who are expanding and upgrading their equipment,  15% is from
users changing brands, and 15% is from non-users making their first purchase.

       Dictation products consist of desktop and portable products and dictation
systems (also  referred to as voice  processing  systems).  Desktop and portable
dictation  products,  the traditional  products of this industry,  typically use
analog  magnetic tape recording  methods to store and replay voice.  The Company
has recently introduced digital recording products to store and replay voice. In
1998, the Company introduced Walkabout(TM) Express, a portable digital recording
device  designed  specifically  for  mobile  medical  dictation,  and  Boomerang
2.0(TM),  a  Windows(R)  95-based  voice  messaging  and  dictation  system that
incorporates the IBM Via Voice  Transcription(TM)  speech recognition  software.
Many portable products are designed to be compatible with Dictaphone desktops in
terms of features and appearance.

       Voice  processing  systems  are  generally  larger,   more  sophisticated
versions of dictation  products  designed to accommodate  multiple users.  Voice
processing  systems  equipment  usually  consists  of  one or  more  centralized
dictation  units,  which include the  equipment  which records and replays voice
data,  and a series of  telephones  or similar  devices,  which connect with the
dictation units to record voice data and access  previously  recorded data. This
equipment  permits  users to transmit  voice data to  transcriptionists  without
requiring the user to physically  transport the data.  Digital dictation systems
currently offer many advantages over their analog predecessors  including higher
reliability,  random and simultaneous  accessibility to work,  remote access and
playback  over  telephone  lines,  and the ability to handle  multiple  software
applications,  such  as  dictation,  voice  mail  and  voice  response.  Digital
dictation systems also permit feature customization and may interface with other
customer systems, such as local area network systems.

       In 1996,  the Company  acquired the rights to a dictation,  transcription
and information management software system which utilizes a Microsoft(R) Windows
NT(R) operating system platform.  This system, called the Enterprise Express(TM)
System, which was launched by the Company in the first half of 1997,  represents
the Company's latest voice processing system. The Enterprise  Express(TM) System
went into  production in June 1997 and has seen  significant  growth since then.
The Enterprise  Express(TM)  System replaces the Digital  Express(TM) 7000 Voice
Processing  System which was  introduced  in 1988 and has a worldwide  installed
base of over 1,600  systems  as well as the  Records  Express(TM)  Transcription
System.


                                       2
<PAGE>

       In 1998,  Dictaphone  introduced the Enterprise  125(TM) Voice System,  a
Windows NT(R) operating system platform intended for use by smaller  single-site
healthcare  providers,  which offers productivity  advantages  comparable to the
Company's larger Enterprise  Express(TM)  System.  The Enterprise  125(TM) Voice
System replaces the Digital  Express(R)  4000 and Digital  Express(R) 2500 voice
processing systems which were introduced in 1993 and have a worldwide  installed
base of over 2,000 systems.

       From time to time the  Company  introduces  products  sourced  from third
party  developers.  The Company's former  Insight(TM),  For the Record(TM),  and
Synergy(TM) products are all examples of third party products re-marketed by the
Company.  The  Company  has also  contracted  with  third  party  developers  of
continuous  speech  recognition  software  such as Philips  and IBM, in order to
integrate  continuous speech recognition  products into the Company's I.H.S. and
I.V.S. marketplace.

COMMUNICATIONS RECORDING SYSTEMS

       The safety  and/or  liability  communications  recording  systems  market
consists primarily of multi-channel continuous archiving recorders and emergency
message  repeaters.  Communications  recording  systems are  designed to perform
continuous,  reliable recording of multiple telephone or communications lines to
protect customers who face potentially severe financial or safety risks posed by
lost  or   misinterpreted   telephone   conversations   or   voice   broadcasts.
Multi-channel archiving recorders, also called "telephone loggers" or "loggers",
are  sophisticated  systems that capture large volumes of voice data transmitted
over multiple  telephone or other  communication  lines, such as radio channels,
and allow the user to retrieve and play back specific  conversations.  Emergency
message  repeaters,  sometimes  referred to as "Call  Checks",  are much smaller
machines  that  attach to  telephone  lines or other  communications  devices to
capture a smaller volume of voice data.

       Customers  of  safety  and  liability  communications  recording  systems
include public safety agencies, such as police departments, fire departments and
air traffic control  departments,  financial services firms, such as traders and
brokers,  call centers and other  businesses.  Dictaphone  believes that many of
these  customers  rely  heavily on these  systems as an  integral  part of their
operations,  particularly  in the  case  of  governmental  safety  agencies  and
financial institutions.

       In the early 1990's, the communications recording systems market began to
experience  technological  change as analog  reel-to-reel  recorders began to be
displaced by analog VHS-based  products and, more  frequently,  digital products
including those based on magnetic disk,  optical disk or digital audio tape. For
example,  in the  case of  Dictaphone,  revenue  from  sales  of  communications
recording  products based on digital technology has increased as a percentage of
product sales revenue from all  communications  recording products from only 13%
in 1992 to virtually  100% in 1998.  These  technological  changes both improved
product flexibility and, in the case of digital recording  platforms,  increased
data capacity and network integration.

       The Company's  multi-channel  continuous archive recorders consist of the
Symphony CTI(TM) system, ProLog(TM), Guardian(TM),  Sentinel(TM) and daVinci(TM)
models. In the first quarter of 1999, the Company  introduced  daVinci(TM),  the
Company's next generation  communications  recording product. Later in 1999, the
Company expects to introduce daVinci QMS(TM),  a quality monitoring system based
on  industry-standard  Windows NT(R) and Oracle(R)  software which provides call
centers  with  customer-focused  quality  monitoring  technology  combined  with
advanced customer service evaluation tools and training programs.  In the second
half of 1997, the Company  introduced  the Symphony  CTI(TM)  system,  a product
designed to engage the  computer  telephony  integration  market.  The  Symphony
CTI(TM)  system  provides for an advanced call  retrieval  capability,  enabling
integration  with telephone  switches and other systems and databases to capture
more information related to each phone call.

       Prolog(TM), which was introduced in 1993, was the Company's most powerful
C.R.S.  product  before the  introduction  of Symphony  CTI(TM).  The  Company's
midsized  Guardian(TM)  model,  introduced in 1994, has been designed to provide
many of the  services  provided  by  ProLog(TM)  to  customers  requiring  fewer
features  or to  those  who  prefer a  single  unit  that  does  not  include  a
stand-alone personal computer ("PC") workstation.


                                       3
<PAGE>

         The  Company's  Sentinel(TM)  digital  logger  product is geared toward
smaller capacity and price sensitive  customers.  The Company began shipments of
the Sentinel(TM) in the third quarter of 1995. The Sentinel(TM)  logger replaced
the Model 9800,  Dictaphone's first digital logger,  which was partially sourced
from an outside supplier.

         Dictaphone's  emergency  message  repeater  products include the Series
5700,  5900 and 6600.  The vast  majority of these units are installed in public
safety  organizations,  where they are used extensively for replaying  emergency
telephone calls.

         Dictaphone  believes it has a number of  significant  opportunities  in
marketing its products, including, for example, the continuing transition of the
user base from analog to digital technology,  expansion of the Company's efforts
in Europe,  Asia and Latin America and  leveraging  the  Company's  distribution
strengths into adjacent market opportunities.

SERVICE

         The  Company has an  extensive  service  organization.  The Company has
approximately 520 service representatives  operating out of 155 offices in North
America.  The United States service  organization is supported by  approximately
230 employees in service support,  diagnostic  center and repair  services,  and
distribution.  In  addition,  Dictaphone  has  service  locations  in the United
Kingdom,  Ireland and  Continental  Europe and sales and service  representation
through dealers in approximately 62 other countries in Europe, South America and
Asia. See "-- Sales and Marketing".

         Dictaphone's  service  business  provides  its  customers  with service
support,  expedited  repairs and remote  diagnostics.  Service revenue  includes
sales of "Assured  Performance  Plans" and  "Software  Maintenance  Agreements",
which  are  long  term  warranties  and  support  agreements  sold  in one  year
increments  and frequently  purchased by the Company's  systems  customers,  and
revenue from repair of systems  software and hardware not under warranty as well
as sales of parts. Dictaphone also receives revenue from service contracts which
provide  for higher  levels of  technical  support,  such as its "SOS Alert" and
"Response Network" services, for dispatching maintenance in advance of a product
shut down and for services providing 24-hour system protection.  Many Dictaphone
customers, including those purchasing large systems, purchase Dictaphone service
support  contracts  at  the  time  of  product  purchase.  In  1996,  Dictaphone
instituted  a mail-in  service  program for its desktop and  portable  products.
Under this program,  desktop and portable products are sent by overnight mail to
a central  service  facility  in  Melbourne,  Florida  for rapid  turnaround  or
replacement.  As a result of this program,  desktops and portables are no longer
required to be serviced in U.S. field offices.

         In addition to the repair of its own proprietary  product,  the Company
also provides service support, expedited repairs and remote diagnostics to other
companies  through its third party contract  service  business.  As Dictaphone's
service   network   expands  its   expertise  in  digital  and  other   advanced
technologies,  the Company  believes there will be increasing  opportunities  to
obtain service  contracts from  companies in the  telecommunications,  cable and
other related  industries which utilize these complex  technologies.  Dictaphone
has  negotiated  a number of such  arrangements  and is actively  marketing  its
services to companies in such industries.

MANUFACTURING OPERATIONS

         Dictaphone's vertically integrated  manufacturing process and non-union
manufacturing  workforce  enable it to respond quickly and  cost-effectively  to
changing markets and customer requirements. The Company's flexible manufacturing
enables it to offer its customers a variety of product models.

         The Company's primary  manufacturing  facility is located in Melbourne,
Florida.  Manufacturing  currently  employs  approximately  600  personnel.  The
manufacturing team consists of four production  departments:  fabrication,  wire
and cable, printed circuit assembly and final assembly.


                                       4
<PAGE>

         Management  assures  manufacturing  and raw  material  quality  through
formal operator  certification  training classes,  roving quality auditors and a
formal "Supplier Certification System", which is used to continually monitor the
supplier base. The manufacturing facility is currently ISO 9002 certified.

         The Company  currently  purchases  from  approximately  500  suppliers,
although 80% of the annual dollar  volume is procured  from 60  suppliers.  Most
agreements  with major  suppliers  are expressed in letters of intent or blanket
purchase  orders  covering  one  year or less.  The  Company  is not  materially
dependent on any single supplier.

         Approximately  60% of all items  processed  at the  Melbourne,  Florida
facility  are  Dictaphone  products,  with the  remainder  comprised of contract
manufacturing. The Company's contract manufacturing program provides electronics
design  and  manufacturing  capabilities  for  customers  unaffiliated  with the
Company. In 1998, revenue from contract manufacturing was $47.1 million.

NEW PRODUCTS

         The  Company  is  continually  evaluating  its  product  line both with
respect to feature content and  development.  The Company intends to continue to
develop and enhance its product line and introduce  new products,  some of which
may be sourced through third parties.

CUSTOMERS

         Although no single customer,  other than Pitney Bowes,  represents more
than 1% of the  Company's  sales,  customers  for each of  Dictaphone's  product
categories  are  concentrated  in  certain   industries.   Dictaphone   receives
approximately 85% of its United States dictation  products revenue from medical,
legal,  insurance  and  financial  firms,  educational  entities and  government
agencies.  This industry-oriented user concentration enables Dictaphone to focus
on customizing solutions for specific user needs and applications.

         Communications  recording systems  customers are  predominately  public
safety agencies, financial services entities and call centers. Approximately 56%
of U.S.  Communications  Recording  Systems  revenue is derived  from  financial
services and insurance firms and governmental agencies.

         Although  approximately  88% of Dictaphone's  revenues are generated in
the United  States,  the Company has a  significant  customer  base  outside the
United  States.  Dictaphone's  international  customers  are in many of the same
industries  that the Company  serves  domestically,  such as medical,  legal and
financial firms and governmental agencies.

SALES AND MARKETING

         The wide geographic coverage of the Company's sales and service offices
in the United States permits Dictaphone to sell its products to customers of all
sizes and in virtually all United States locations.  Consequently,  less than 1%
of all United  States sales are through  dealers.  The  placement of service and
sales offices  throughout the United States also provides a system for the rapid
distribution  and  service  of  the  Company's   products.   See  "--  Service".
Distribution  of  Dictaphone  products is handled  mostly  through the Company's
distribution  facility in Melbourne,  Florida and branch and district locations.
The Company also anticipates the expanded use of alternative  channels,  such as
catalogs,  on-line  internet  stores and mass marketers for the  distribution of
certain of its desktop and  portable  products.  Outside of North  America,  the
Company  has  shifted  from  direct to  indirect  channels,  such as dealers and
distributors for the sale and distribution of products.

         WARRANTIES.  Every product sold by Dictaphone, new or previously owned,
has a minimum limited  warranty for parts and labor that is 90 days in duration;
many of the Company's more sophisticated products,  however, are currently being
sold with one (1) year parts and 90 day labor warranties. Upon purchase of a new
or  previously  owned  Dictaphone  product,  a customer may purchase an "Assured
Performance Plan" and "Software Maintenance Agreements."  See "-- Service". If a
Dictaphone  customer  decides  not to  purchase  a  service  support  agreement,
Dictaphone  may repair its products at an hourly  service  rate,  in addition to
parts.


                                       5
<PAGE>

         ADVERTISING.  The  focus  of  Dictaphone's  advertising  and  marketing
communications  over the past few years  reflects a shift away from broad  based
major   publication   advertising  to  an  approach   targeting   dictation  and
communications  recording  intensive  markets where product use and applications
are the greatest.  Dictaphone  currently uses nationwide  corporate  direct mail
programs, field generated programs, print advertising, product trade shows, user
group communications, telemarketing and other publicity to market, advertise and
promote its products.

         LEASED SALES.  Dictaphone  provides its customers  with flexible  lease
programs through Fleetwood Financial ("Fleetwood"),  Mellon First United Leasing
("First  United"),  BankVest Capital  Corporation  ("BankVest"), Pitney Bowes
Credit Corporation ("PBCC") and other finance companies. These companies provide
customers of the Company with lease  financing and  Dictaphone  with a source of
used  equipment,  available  through  terminations  or  defaults,  that  may  be
repurchased and remarketed by the Company.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

         During the last few  years,  the  Company's  research  and  development
organization has evolved from one with a hardware engineering orientation to one
in which software engineering dominates. The Company employs software engineers,
test engineers and other engineers to develop  software for its products as well
as to perform SMT printed  circuit board designs and  mechanical  designs and to
work  closely  with its  Melbourne,  Florida  factory and service  operation  to
implement these designs. The research and development  organization also creates
application-specific integrated circuit designs.

         The Company's  research and  development  expenditures  (including $6.2
million  and  $10.2  million  of  capitalized  software  costs in 1997 and 1998,
respectively) grew as a percentage of product sales and rental revenue from 7.2%
in 1997 to 8.7% in 1998.  As of December 31, 1998,  the  Company's  research and
development staff consisted of 155 personnel (including temporary employees).

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

         The  Company  has  approximately  85 patents  protecting  features  and
methods  covering  Integrated  Voice  Systems,  Integrated  Health  Systems  and
Communications  Recording Systems product lines. The Company believes that there
is no single  patent or group of related  patents the loss of which would have a
material adverse effect on its business.  The Company also has approximately 105
U.S. trademarks,  including the well known "Dictaphone(R)" registered trademark,
in use throughout the world.

COMPETITION

         The markets in which the Company competes are highly  competitive.  The
Company  competes  with  large  and  established   national  and   multinational
companies,  as well as  smaller  startup  companies,  in all of its  operations.
Furthermore,  as products sold in the Company's  markets evolve toward  software
and  digital  technology,  new  competitors  with  expertise  in these areas are
entering the industry.  Some of these  competitors have, and new competitors may
have, greater resources than the Company.

         In the dictation market, the Company faces systems product  competition
from the Lanier division of Harris  Corporation  ("Lanier"),  Digital Voice Inc.
("DVI"),  Sudbury Systems, Inc. ("Sudbury") and a number of smaller competitors.
Philips Electronics N.V. and Sony Corporation  represent competitors for desktop
and portable products.


                                       6
<PAGE>

         Dictaphone is a leading  participant  in the  communications  recording
product market in North America. Some of Dictaphone's North American competitors
include Racal Recorders  Limited,  Eyretel,  TEAC  Corporation of America,  Nice
Systems Ltd. (loggers and quality  monitoring),  Teknekron  Infoswitch  (quality
monitoring) Witness Systems,  Inc. (quality monitoring) and Comverse Technology,
Inc.  (loggers).  Dictaphone  expects that,  with the  increasing  prevalence of
digital recording  technology in this market, a large number of product oriented
companies  will  attempt to enter this  marketplace  in both North  America  and
Europe.  The Company  believes that while these companies may have difficulty in
entering the communications recording systems market in the United States due to
the lack of customer base and the absence of a direct sales and service network,
their entry will increase  competitive  pressure.  The Company also  anticipates
that its existing and potential competitors will be introducing new and enhanced
products, especially in the call center marketplace.

EMPLOYEES

         As of December 31, 1998, the Company had 2,355 employees worldwide,  of
which 2,111 were based in the United States.  As of December 31, 1998, less than
1% of the Company's  workers were  unionized.  Two union  contracts,  one in New
York,  New York  covering  13  employees  and one in  Toronto,  Ontario,  Canada
covering 6  employees,  expire on  September  1, 2001,  and  January  15,  2001,
respectively.   The  Company   believes  its   relations   with   employees  are
satisfactory.

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES

                The following is  information  concerning  the major  facilities
owned by the Company:

FACILITY                       PURPOSE                            SQUARE FOOTAGE
- ------------------------       -------------------------          --------------

Melbourne, Florida             Manufacturing                         120,160
Melbourne, Florida             Customer Service                      118,000
Toronto, Ontario, Canada       Canadian Corporate Office             14,146
Killwangen, Switzerland        Switzerland Sales Office              90,000

         The Company operates a manufacturing  and  service/distribution  center
facility in Melbourne,  Florida,  in addition to its numerous  sales and service
offices.  The  Company  leases  its  executive  offices  located  in  Stratford,
Connecticut  (138,000  square  feet).  In addition,  the Company  leases  sales,
service  and  distribution   offices  in  certain  countries  in  which  it  has
operations,  including 143 offices in the United States, 13 offices in Canada, 9
offices in the United Kingdom and an additional  office in Germany.  In general,
the Company  believes that its properties are in good condition and are adequate
to meet its current and anticipated needs for the foreseeable future.

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

         On February 14, 1995,  Pitney  Bowes,  Inc.  filed a complaint  against
Sudbury in the United  States  District  Court for the  District of  Connecticut
alleging intentional and wrongful interference with Pitney Bowes's plans to sell
the Company.  The complaint seeks damages and a declaratory judgment relating to
the validity of a patent owned by Sudbury entitled "Rapid Simultaneous  Multiple
Access  Information  Storage and Retrieval System" and the alleged  infringement
thereof by the Company.  Sudbury responded by answering the complaint and filing
a third-party  complaint  against the Company  alleging patent  infringement and
seeking  preliminary and permanent  injunctive  relief and treble  damages.  The
third-party  complaint  filed by Sudbury did not  quantify the amount of damages
sought.  The  litigation  is in the final  stage of  discovery.  A trial date is
likely to be set in 1999.  Pitney  Bowes and the Company  have not yet  received
Sudbury's  revised  damages  report  nor  has  Sudbury's  damages  expert  given
deposition  testimony.  Accordingly,  at this time,  the  Company  cannot make a
reasonable estimate of the amount of damages that will be sought by Sudbury.


                                       7
<PAGE>

         Management believes the Company has meritorious  defenses to the claims
against it. Consequently,  the Company has not provided for any loss exposure in
connection with this complaint. Additionally,  regardless of the outcome of this
litigation,  Pitney Bowes has agreed to defend this action and to indemnify  the
Company for any liabilities arising from such litigation.

         The Company is subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations
concerning the  environment  and is currently  participating  in  administrative
proceedings as a participant in a group of  potentially  responsible  parties in
connection with two third party disposal  sites.  As these  proceedings are at a
preliminary  stage, it is impossible to reasonably  estimate the potential costs
of remediation,  the timing and extent of remedial actions which may be required
by  governmental  authorities,  and the amount of the liability,  if any, of the
Company alone or in relation to that of any other responsible  parties.  When it
is  possible  to make a  reasonable  estimate of the  Company's  liability  with
respect to such a matter, a provision will be made as appropriate. Additionally,
the  Company  has  settled  and paid its  liability  at three  other third party
disposal  sites.  At a fourth  site,  the  Company  has paid  approximately  $11
thousand  for its share of the  costs of the first  phase of the clean up of the
site and management  believes that it has no continuing  material  liability for
any later  phases of the cleanup.  Consequently,  management  believes  that its
future  liability,  if any, for these four sites is not  material.  In addition,
regardless of the outcome of such matters,  Pitney Bowes has agreed to indemnify
the  Company in  connection  with  retained  environmental  liabilities  and for
breaches of the environmental  representations  and warranties  contained in the
Acquisition Agreement, subject to certain limitations.

         The  Company is a  defendant  in a number of  additional  lawsuits  and
administrative  proceedings,  none of which will, in the opinion of  management,
have a material adverse effect on the Company's  consolidated financial position
or results of operations.

         The  Company  does not  believe  that the  ultimate  resolution  of the
litigation, administrative proceedings and environmental matters described above
in  the  aggregate  will  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company's
consolidated financial position or results of operations.

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

         No matters  were  submitted  to a vote of security  holders  during the
fourth quarter of 1998.

                                       8
<PAGE>

                                     PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
         STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

         There is  currently no  established  trading  market for the  Company's
common  stock,  $.01 par value per share (the "Common  Stock").  As of March 15,
1999, there were 9 holders of record of the Common Stock.

         Under the terms of the  Company's  Credit  Agreement,  dated  August 7,
1995, as modified by five amendments to Credit  Agreement,  dated June 28, 1996,
June  27,  1997,  July  21,  1997,  November  14,  1997 and  December  31,  1998
(collectively,   the  "Credit   Agreement"),   with  a  syndicate  of  financial
institutions  for whom Bankers  Trust  Company is the  Administrative  Agent and
NationsBank,  N.A.  (Carolinas)  is the  Documentation  Agent,  the  Company  is
restricted from paying  dividends on its capital stock.  In addition,  under the
terms of an  Indenture  (the "Note  Indenture")  between  the  Company and State
Street  Bank and Trust,  relating  to the  Company's  $200.0  million of 11-3/4%
Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2005 (the "Notes"), the Company and certain of its
subsidiaries  are restricted  from paying  dividends on their capital stock.  In
addition,  as a holding company,  the Company's ability to pay cash dividends is
also  dependent  on the  earnings  and cash  flows of its  subsidiaries  and the
ability of its  subsidiaries  to make funds  available  to the  Company for such
purpose.

         The  Company  presently  intends  to retain  earnings  to fund  working
capital and for general corporate purposes,  and, therefore,  does not intend to
pay any cash dividends on shares of Common Stock in the foreseeable  future. The
payment of future cash dividends, if any, would be made only from assets legally
available therefore, and would also depend on the Company's financial condition,
results  of   operations,   current  and   anticipated   capital   requirements,
restrictions   under  outstanding   preferred  stock  and  under   then-existing
indebtedness  and  other  factors  deemed  relevant  by the  Company's  Board of
Directors.

         In  January  1999,  the  Company  sold 2.0  million  shares  of its 12%
Convertible  Pay-in-Kind Preferred Stock to Stonington Capital Appreciation 1994
Fund, L.P. ("Stonington"). This sale was effected in reliance upon the exemption
from the  registration  requirements  provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended,  on the basis that such  transaction  did not involve a
public  offering.  There were no  underwriters  employed in connection with such
sale.  The  proceeds  derived  from this sale were used by the  Company to repay
amounts  outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility (as defined below), and
for the semi-annual interest payment on the Notes.

ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

         Set  forth  below  is  the  selected  consolidated  financial  data  of
Dictaphone  Corporation  (Successor  Company) at December 31, 1998, December 31,
1997 and December 31, 1996 and for the years then ended, and for the twenty week
period ended  December 31, 1995.  Also set forth below is the selected  combined
financial data of Dictaphone  Corporation  (Predecessor  Company) for the thirty
two week period ended August 11, 1995 and for the year ended December 31, 1994.

         The selected financial data should be read in conjunction with "Item 7.
- --  Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of
Operations"  and the financial  statements and notes included  elsewhere in this
Report.

         The  capital   structure  and  accounting   basis  of  the  assets  and
liabilities  of the  Company as of August 12,  1995 and  thereafter  differ from
those  of  the  Predecessor  Company  in  prior  periods  as  a  result  of  the
Acquisition.  Financial  data of the  Predecessor  Company for periods  prior to
August 12, 1995 are presented on a historical cost basis.  Financial data of the
Company as of August 12, 1995 and thereafter  reflect the Acquisition  under the
purchase method of accounting, under which the purchase price has been allocated
to assets and liabilities  based upon their estimated fair values.  Accordingly,
amounts at December 31, 1998,  1997, 1996 and 1995, and for the years and twenty
week period then ended should not be compared to 1994.


                                       9
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            PREDECESSOR COMPANY                              SUCCESSOR COMPANY
                                         ---------------------------    ------------------------------------------------------------
                                            YEAR          32 WEEKS        20 WEEKS           YEAR           YEAR            YEAR
                                            ENDED           ENDED           ENDED            ENDED          ENDED           ENDED
                                         DECEMBER 31,    AUGUST 11,     DECEMBER 31,     DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                            1994            1995            1995             1996           1997            1998
                                         ------------   ------------    ------------     ------------   ------------    ------------

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:                                      (DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)

<S>                                       <C>             <C>              <C>                  <C>       <C>            <C>
Total revenue                             $  346.8        $ 202.1          $  150.6        $  332.5       $  340.0       $  332.3
Cost of sales, rentals and support
 services                                    178.0          107.6              90.1 (c)       181.1 (c)      194.4(c)       188.7(c)
Selling and administrative                    96.0           60.4              62.4 (d)       149.2 (d)      155.5(d)       139.9(d)
Research and development (net of
 software capitalization)                     12.3            7.0               4.6            14.2           14.7           17.1
Operating profit (loss)                       60.5           27.1              (6.5)          (12.0)         (24.6)         (13.4)
Net interest (income) expense and
 other                                        (1.0)          (1.4)             16.1 (e)        41.6 (e)       44.7(e)        39.4(e)
Income (loss) before effect of
 changes in accounting                        36.6           17.1             (13.9)          (34.7)         (68.2)         (53.7)
Net income (loss)                             33.8 (b)       17.1             (13.9)          (34.7)         (68.2)         (53.7)
Stock dividend on PIK Preferred Stock        ---            ---                  .8             2.3            2.7            3.1
Net loss applicable to Common Stock          ---            ---               (14.7)          (37.0)         (70.9)         (56.8)

OTHER DATA:
EBITDA(a)                                 $   68.6        $  32.0          $   32.3         $  54.2       $   48.2       $   30.6
Depreciation and amortization                  8.1            4.9              39.1            65.8           62.2           38.2
Capital expenditures                           5.9            5.5                .8            6.3             6.9            8.9
Software capitalization                      ---              2.5               1.7            4.7             6.2           10.3
EBITDA margin (a)                             19.8%          15.8%             21.5%          16.3%           14.2%           9.2%

BALANCE SHEET DATA
 (AT END OF PERIOD):
Working capital                           $   64.2                         $   43.3         $ 33.0        $    51.2      $   50.8
Total assets                                 268.5                            550.7          504.8            470.0         454.3
Long term debt                               ---                              350.0          352.6            343.6         370.5
Total liabilities                             70.4                            456.2          445.4            444.8         482.9
Stockholders' equity                         198.1                             94.5           59.4             25.2         (28.6)
</TABLE>
- --------------------

(a)   EBITDA is defined as income before  effect of changes in  accounting  plus
      interest, income taxes,  depreciation,  amortization and other significant
      non-cash,  non-recurring  charges.  EBITDA is  presented  because  it is a
      widely accepted  financial  indicator of a company's  ability to incur and
      service debt. However,  EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as
      a substitute for net income or cash flow data prepared in accordance  with
      generally  accepted  accounting  principles or as a measure of a company's
      profitability or liquidity, and is not necessarily comparable to similarly
      titled measures of other companies.  EBITDA margin is defined as EBITDA as
      a percent of revenue.

(b)   Effective  January 1, 1994,  the Company  adopted  Statement  of Financial
      Accounting  Standards  ("SFAS")  No.  112,  which  resulted  in a one-time
      non-cash,  after-tax  charge of $2.8  million (net of  approximately  $1.9
      million of income taxes).

(c)   Cost of sales,  rentals and support  services  for the twenty  weeks ended
      December  31,  1995 and  years  ended  December  31,  1996,  1997 and 1998
      includes  $14.7  million,  $8.8  million,  $2.4 million and $0.4  million,
      respectively, of charges related to the amortization of inventory write-up
      and depreciation associated with purchase accounting adjustments.

(d)   Selling and  administrative  for the twenty weeks ended  December 31, 1995
      and years ended  December 31, 1996,  1997 and 1998 includes $21.8 million,
      $46.2 million, $41.5 million and $23.2 million,  respectively, of non-cash
      purchase accounting charges.

(e)   Includes  $.9  million,  $5.3  million,  $6.3  million and $1.7 million of
      non-cash interest expense from amortization of deferred financing fees for
      the twenty  weeks ended  December  31, 1995 and years ended  December  31,
      1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively.

                                       10
<PAGE>

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
         CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

         The  following  discussion  should  be read  in  conjunction  with  the
financial  statements and  accompanying  notes included in "Item 8. -- Financial
Statements and  Supplementary  Data." Certain amounts have been  reclassified to
conform to current year presentation.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                     YEAR ENDED
                                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                        -------------------------------------
                                                                        1996            1997           1998
                                                                        ----            ----           ----
                                                                                    (IN MILLIONS)

<S>                                                                    <C>             <C>           <C>     
Total revenue...................................................       $ 332.5         $  340.0      $  332.3

Cost of sales, rentals and support services.....................         181.1            194.4         188.7
Selling and administrative expense (1)..........................         149.2            155.5         139.9
Research and development........................................          14.2             14.7          17.1
                                                                       -------         --------      --------
       Operating loss ..........................................         (12.0)           (24.6)        (13.4)
                                                                       -------         --------      --------

Net interest expense and other..................................          41.6             44.7          39.4
Income tax (benefit) provision..................................         (18.9)            (1.1)          0.9
                                                                       -------         --------      --------
Net loss .......................................................       $ (34.7)        $  (68.2)     $  (53.7)
                                                                       =======         ========      ========
</TABLE>
- ----------------------

(1)    Includes amortization of intangibles.


                                       11
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                     YEAR ENDED
                                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                        --------------------------------------
                                                                        1996            1997           1998
                                                                        ----            ----           ----
                                                                                    (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                                    <C>             <C>           <C>      
Revenue:
     Sales:
     Integrated Voice Systems...................................       $   49.1        $    45.7     $    41.4
     Integrated Health Systems..................................           31.4             37.4          44.8
                                                                       --------        ---------     ---------
         Total U.S. Voice Systems...............................           80.5             83.1          86.2
     Communications Recording Systems...........................           57.7             59.3          61.0
     Customer Service Parts.....................................           18.4             18.0          17.4
     International and Dealer Operations........................           40.4             40.7          31.3
     Rentals  ..................................................            2.1              1.8           1.4
                                                                       --------        ---------     ---------
         Product sales and rentals..............................          199.1            202.9         197.3
                                                                       ========        =========     =========

     Support service:
     Customer Service...........................................           80.0             81.3          77.2
     Application and Training Specialists.......................            1.3              2.6           3.1
     International and Dealer Operations........................           11.5             10.4           7.6
                                                                       --------        ---------     ---------
         Total support service..................................           92.8             94.3          87.9
                                                                       --------        ---------     ---------

     Total System Products and Services.........................          291.9            297.2         285.2

     Contract Manufacturing.....................................           40.6             42.8          47.1
                                                                       --------        ---------     ---------

Total revenue ..................................................       $  332.5        $   340.0      $   332.3
                                                                       =========       ==========    ==========
</TABLE>

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

   1998 COMPARED TO 1997

         Total  revenue  declined  2.3% to $332.3  million  in 1998 from  $340.0
million in 1997.  System Products and Services  revenue  declined 4.0% to $285.2
million in 1998 from $297.2  million in 1997.  This decline is  attributable  to
lower product sales revenue from I.V.S.  and lower revenue from Customer Service
and  International  and Dealer  Operations,  offset in part by increased product
sales revenue from I.H.S. and C.R.S., and increased revenue from Application and
Training Specialists  ("A.T.S.").  Contract Manufacturing revenue increased 9.8%
to $47.1 million in 1998 from $42.8 million in 1997.

         I.V.S. revenue declined 9.5% to $41.4 million due to lower sales of the
Company's Straight Talk(TM), Synergy(TM),  desktop and portable products. I.V.S.
orders  declined 7.2% to $45.3  million.  I.V.S.  order backlog  declined  27.2%
during 1998 to $4.7 million. I.H.S. revenue increased 19.9% to $44.8 million due
to higher Enterprise Express(TM) installations.  I.H.S. order growth of 18.5% to
$48.3 million is also  attributable  to  Enterprise  Express(TM).  I.H.S.  order
backlog increased 22.8% during 1998 to $14.5 million.  C.R.S.  revenue increased
3.0% to  $61.0  million  due to the  one-time  sale  of  Prolog(TM)/Guardian(TM)
software  upgrades.  C.R.S.  orders  declined  slightly (0.9%) to $58.7 million.
C.R.S.  order backlog  declined 32.4% in 1998 to $5.1 million.  Customer Service
revenue  (including  sale of parts)  declined 4.7% to $94.6 million due to lower
proprietary product service contract, installation,  integration and third party
maintenance  revenue.  A.T.S.  revenue  increased  17.6% to $3.1  million due to
increased  customer training provided in support of I.H.S.  products.  Sales and
service revenue from International and Dealer Operations declined 23.7% to $38.9
million resulting  primarily from lower desktop,  portable and CRS product sales
revenue in Canada as well as from  lower  desktop,  portable,  system and C.R.S.
product sales and lower service revenue in Europe. Orders from International and
Dealer   Operations   declined  27.1%  to  $29.9  million.   Order  backlog  for
International and Dealer Operations  declined 16.3% during 1998 to $1.7 million.
Contract  Manufacturing  growth  reflects  turnkey  manufacturing  of electronic


                                       12
<PAGE>

products  from  existing  customers  as well  as the  addition  of new  Contract
Manufacturing accounts.

         Cost of sales,  rentals and support  services  declined  2.9% to $188.7
million  (56.8% of revenue)  versus $194.4  million (57.2% of revenue) for 1997.
Excluding  additional  depreciation  and amortization  expenses  associated with
purchase  accounting  adjustments  related  to the  Acquisition,  cost of sales,
rentals and support  services as a percentage of revenue would have increased by
0.2 percentage  points to 56.7% due to primarily to increased  Customer  Service
costs,  a higher  content  of low  margin  Contract  Manufacturing  revenue  and
unfavorable manufacturing cost adjustments, partially offset by 1997 charges for
excess  inventory  associated with Digital  Express(TM) and Records  Express(TM)
products.

         Selling  and  administrative   expenses   (including   amortization  of
intangibles)  declined  10.0% to $139.9  million  (42.1% of revenue) from $155.5
million  (45.7% of  revenue)  in 1997.  Excluding  additional  depreciation  and
amortization expense associated with purchase accounting  adjustments related to
the  Acquisition  of  $23.2  million  and  $41.5  million  for  1998  and  1997,
respectively,  selling and administrative  expenses expressed as a percentage of
revenue  would  have  increased  by 1.6  percentage  points.  This  increase  is
attributable to $1.9 million of additional  severance associated with continuing
efforts  to reduce  the  Company's  cost  structure,  increased  C.R.S.  selling
expenses,  Year 2000 and  information  system  implementation  costs.  Partially
offsetting  these  expense  increases  were  lower  I.V.S.  and  I.H.S.  selling
expenses.

         Research and  development  expenses of $17.1  million  (8.7% of product
sales and rental  revenue)  increased  16.5% from $14.7 million (7.2% of product
sales and rental revenue), reflecting increased staffing and compensation.

         The  Company  recorded  an  operating  loss of $13.4  million  (4.0% of
revenue)  in 1998  compared  to an  operating  loss of  $24.6  million  (7.2% of
revenue) for 1997. Excluding the impact of purchase accounting  adjustments from
both 1998 and 1997  discussed  above,  operating  profit would have  declined by
47.1% to $10.2 million due to lower  revenue,  higher  costs,  the provision for
severance and increased operating expenses.

         Interest  expense of $39.7  million  declined  10.6% from $44.4 million
reflecting lower amortization of deferred financing fees.

   1997 COMPARED TO 1996

         Total  revenue  increased  2.3% to $340.0  million in 1997 from  $332.5
million in 1996.  System Products and Services revenue  increased 1.8% to $297.2
million  in 1997 from  $291.9  million  in 1996.  This  increase  in  revenue is
attributable to higher product sales revenue from I.H.S. and C.R.S.,  and higher
revenue from Customer  Service  (including sale of parts) and A.T.S.,  offset in
part by lower  revenue  from  I.V.S.  and  International  and Dealer  Operations
support  services.  Contract  Manufacturing  revenue  increased  5.5%  to  $42.8
million.

         I.V.S.  revenue  declined  6.9% to $45.7  million  in 1997 due to lower
billings of desktops, small digital systems and Straight Talk(TM).  I.V.S. order
backlog increased 51.6% during 1997 to $6.5 million. Installations of Enterprise
Express(TM)  which  was  launched  in the  first  half of  1997  and  went  into
production in June 1997,  accounted for I.H.S.  revenue  growth which  increased
19.1% to $37.4 million.  I.H.S.  orders which  increased  18.7% to $40.8 million
also  reflect  the  impact  of  Enterprise  Express(TM).  I.H.S.  order  backlog
increased 24.4% to $11.8 million. C.R.S. revenue increased 2.8% to $59.3 million
due to increased  Guardian(TM)  installations.  C.R.S.  orders increased 5.1% to
$59.3  million.  C.R.S.  order  backlog  declined  5.5% in 1997 to $7.5 million.
Customer  Service  revenue  (including sale of parts) grew 0.9% to $99.3 million
due to increased  installation  and third party  maintenance  revenue  partially
offset by lower proprietary product service contract revenue and hourly revenue.
A.T.S.  revenue  increased  by $1.3  million to $2.6  million  due to  increased
customer  training  provided in support of I.V.S.,  I.H.S. and C.R.S.  products.
Sales and service revenue from  International and Dealer Operations  declined by
1.7% to $51.1 million due to lower  service and desktop and portable  revenue as
well as $1.3 million of unfavorable currency exchange. Orders from International
and Dealer Operations increased 4.9% to $41.0 million.  International and Dealer
backlog  declined  28.8% in 1997 to $2.0  million.


                                       13
<PAGE>

         Cost of sales,  rentals and support  services  increased 7.3% to $194.4
million  (57.2% of revenue)  versus $181.1  million (54.5% of revenue) for 1996.
Excluding  additional  depreciation  and amortization  expenses  associated with
purchase  accounting  adjustments  related  to the  Acquisition,  cost of sales,
rentals and support  services as a percentage of revenue would have increased by
4.7 percentage  points to 56.5% due primarily to non-recurring  non-cash charges
of $14.9  million  associated  with the provision for excess field service parts
and stock related to the Company's Digital  Express(TM) and Records  Express(TM)
products.  In connection  with the launch of Enterprise  Express(TM)  which went
into production in June 1997, the Company  provided for excess service parts and
field  stock,  as well as the  prepayment  of  inventory  associated  with those
products  that  the  Enterprise   Express(TM)  product  replaces.   Lower  price
realization for C.R.S.  digital loggers,  I.H.S.  digital and records management
systems and I.V.S.  desktops and portables  also  contributed  to higher cost of
sales, rentals and support services as a percentage of revenue.

         Selling  and  administrative   expenses   (including   amortization  of
intangibles  which included a $5.4 million  non-cash charge to write down patent
assets and  associated  goodwill to their fair value)  increased  4.3% to $155.5
million  (45.7% of revenue)  from $149.2  million  (44.9% of revenue)  for 1996.
Excluding  additional  depreciation  and  amortization  expense  associated with
purchase accounting  adjustments related to the Acquisition of $41.5 million and
$46.2  million  for 1997 and  1996,  respectively,  selling  and  administrative
expenses  expressed  as a  percent  of  revenue,  would  have  increased  by 2.5
percentage  points.  This increase is attributable  to a $2.3 million  severance
provision  associated  with the Company's  efforts to reduce its cost  structure
through the elimination of over 90 full-time positions, and a non-cash charge of
$1.0  million to write down  capitalized  software to its  estimated  realizable
value. In addition, higher I.H.S. and C.R.S. field selling and home office sales
support  expenses,   increased  A.T.S.   training  costs,   higher  trade  show,
advertising  and  marketing  expenses,  and  increased  legal/settlement  costs,
management  compensation and employee benefit costs  contributed to this expense
increase.  I.V.S.  and  International  expense  reductions  partially offset the
increase.

         Research and  development  expenses of $14.7  million  (7.2% of product
sales and rental  revenue)  increased  4.0% from $14.1  million (7.1% of product
sales and rental revenue), reflecting increased staffing and compensation.

         The  Company  recorded  an  operating  loss of $24.6  million  (7.2% of
revenue)  for 1997  compared  to an  operating  loss of $12.0  million  (3.6% of
revenue) for 1996. Excluding the impact of purchase accounting  adjustments from
both 1997 and 1996  discussed  above,  operating  profit would have  declined by
55.2% due to higher costs associated with the charge for inventory obsolescence,
the provision for severance,  the charge to  capitalized  software and increased
operating expenses.

         Interest expense of $44.4 million  increased 3.6% from $42.9 million in
1996 due to higher effective interest rates on the Term Loans (as defined below)
and Revolving Credit Facility.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

         The Company's  liquidity  requirements  consists primarily of scheduled
payments of principal and interest on its  indebtedness,  working  capital needs
and capital expenditures. At December 31, 1998, the Company had outstanding term
loans  of  $131.6  million  (the  "Term  Loans")  and  loans  of  $38.5  million
outstanding  under the $40.0 million  revolving  credit facility (the "Revolving
Credit  Facility"),  and the  Notes.  Availability  under the  Revolving  Credit
Facility  at December  31, 1998 was $1.5  million.  Scheduled  annual  principal
payments will be $0.6 million in 1999 and 2000 and $36.3 million in 2001.  There
are no scheduled  reductions in the Revolving  Credit Facility over the next two
years.

         On December  31,  1998,  the  Company and the lenders  executed a fifth
amendment  to the  Credit  Agreement.  Under  the terms of this  amendment,  the
lenders agreed to waive  compliance by the Company with the financial  covenants
as of December 31, 1998 and for the four-Fiscal Quarter period then ended. Other
changes  effected by the amendment were (i)  modifications  to the covenants and
related definitions in respect of certain asset sales and the utilization of the
proceeds  from such asset sales,  (ii)  modifications  to the  required  Maximum
Leverage,  Minimum  EBITDA and Minimum  Interest  Coverage  Ratio  covenants (as
defined in the Credit  Agreement),  (iii) a change in the  maturity  date of the
Tranche C Term Loans (the  "Tranche C Loans") to be equal to that of the Tranche


                                       14
<PAGE>

B Term Loans (the "Tranche B Loans"),  and (iv) an increase in the interest rate
on the Tranche B Loans to be equal to that of the Tranche C Loans.

         In  January  1999,  the  Company  sold 2.0  million  shares  of its 12%
Convertible  Pay-in-Kind  Preferred  Stock to  Stonington  for $20  million.  In
February 1999,  $11.75 million was used for the semi-annual  interest payment on
the Notes.  Proceeds from this sale were also used to repay amounts  outstanding
under the Revolving Credit Facility.

         In  connection  with the terms of the  Credit  Agreement,  the  Company
entered into interest rate swap agreements in November 1995,  effective February
16, 1996,  with an  aggregate  notional  principal  amount  equivalent  to $75.0
million  maturing on February  16,  1999.  The swap  effectively  converts  that
portion of the  Company's  Term Loans to a fixed rate  component of 5.8%;  thus,
reducing the impact of changes in interest rates, converting the total effective
interest rate on fifty percent of the initial  outstanding  Term Loans to 9.55%.
No funds under the swap  agreements  are actually  borrowed or are to be repaid.
Amounts due to or from the  counterparties  are reflected in interest expense in
the periods in which they accrue.  The fair value of the interest  rate swaps as
of December 31, 1998 was unfavorable  $0.1 million,  based on dealer quotes.  On
February  11,  1999,  the Company  entered  into  interest  rate cap  agreements
effective  February  16,  1999,  with an  aggregate  notional  principal  amount
equivalent  to $66 million  maturing on February 16,  2001.  The cap limits that
portion of the  Company's  Term Loans to a fixed rate  component  of 5.5%;  thus
reducing  the impact of  increases in interest  rates,  limiting  the  effective
interest rate on fifty percent of the currently outstanding Term Loans to 9.25%.

         In addition, the Credit Agreement contains covenants that significantly
limit or  prohibit,  among  other  things,  the  ability of the Company to incur
indebtedness,  make prepayments of certain indebtedness, pay dividends on Common
Stock,   make   investments,   engage  in  transactions  with  stockholders  and
affiliates,  create liens, sell assets and engage in mergers and  consolidations
and requires that the Company maintain certain financial ratios.

         The  Company had $200.0  million  aggregate  principal  amount of Notes
outstanding  as of December 31, 1998. The Notes are  subordinated  to the Credit
Agreement and other senior indebtedness,  as defined in the Note Indenture.  The
Notes contain similar types of covenants to the Credit Agreement and provide for
each  noteholder  to have the right to require that the Company  repurchase  the
Notes at 101% of the  principal  amount  upon a change of control (as defined in
the Note  Indenture).  The Notes bear  interest  of 11-3/4%  per annum,  payable
semi-annually  on each  February 1 and  August 1. The Notes  mature on August 1,
2005.  The fair value of the Notes at  December  31,  1998 was  favorable  $50.0
million, based upon dealer quotes.

         Capital  expenditures  for 1998 totaled $8.9 million.  The Company does
not expect that the limitation on capital  expenditures  contained in the Credit
Agreement will limit, in any material  respects,  the Company's  ability to fund
capital expenditures.

         The Company's quarterly and annual revenues and other operating results
have been and will  continue to be affected  by a wide  variety of factors  that
could have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  financial  performance
during any particular quarter or year. Such factors include, but are not limited
to, the level of orders  that are  received  and  shipped by the  Company in any
given  quarter,  the  rescheduling  and  cancellation  of orders  by  customers,
availability  and cost of  materials,  the  Company's  ability  to  enhance  its
existing products and to develop,  manufacture,  and successfully  introduce and
market new products,  new product  developments  by the  Company's  competitors,
market  acceptance  of  products  of  both  the  Company  and  its  competitors,
competitive  pressures on prices,  the ability to attract and maintain qualified
technical  personnel,  significant damage to or prolonged delay in operations at
the  Company's  sole  manufacturing  facility,  and  interest  rate and  foreign
exchange  fluctuations.  The Company has  introduced a number of new products in
its target markets in 1997 and 1998 and plans to introduce  additional  products
in 1999 which are  expected to enhance  future  revenues  and  liquidity  of the
Company.  However,  there can be no  assurance  that the Company will be able to
implement its plans to introduce such products in a timely fashion, or that such
products  will meet the  expectations  of the  Company  for either  revenues  or
profitability.  The Company believes that cash flows from operating  activities,
the successful introduction of its new products, the proceeds from its 1999 sale
of 12% Convertible Pay-in-Kind Preferred Stock to Stonington,  proceeds from the
sale or financing of certain assets,  as well as its available  borrowings under
the  Revolving  Credit  Facility,  will be adequate to meet the  Company's  debt
service obligations,  working capital needs and planned capital expenditures for
the foreseeable future.


                                       15
<PAGE>

         The Company has recorded a gross  deferred  tax asset of $95.3  million
included  in  other  assets   reflecting  the  benefit  of  net  operating  loss
carryforwards and various book tax temporary differences. The net operating loss
carryforward  for  federal  income  tax  purposes  as of  December  31,  1998 is
approximately  $122.5  million of which $13.7 million of the net operating  loss
carryforward will expire in the year 2010, $33.2 million will expire in the year
2011,  $40.0 million will expire in the year 2012, and $35.6 million will expire
in the year 2018. In order to fully realize the deferred tax asset,  the Company
will need to generate  future  taxable  income  prior to  expiration  of the net
operating  loss  carryforward.  In 1997,  the  Company  established  a valuation
allowance of $24.1  million  against the deferred tax assets.  During 1998,  the
Company  increased its valuation  allowance by $20.8 million  resulting in a net
deferred  tax  asset of  $50.5  million.  Management  believes,  based  upon the
Company's history of prior operating results, its current circumstances, and its
expectations for the future, that taxable income of the Company will more likely
than not be  sufficient  to fully  utilize the net  deferred  tax asset of $50.5
million  recorded at December 31, 1998,  prior to expiration.  The amount of the
deferred tax asset considered realizable, however, could be reduced if estimates
of future taxable income during the net operating loss  carryforward  period are
reduced.

         A  reconciliation  of the  Company's  loss before  taxes for  financial
statement  purposes to taxable  loss for the years ended  December  31, 1997 and
1998 is as follows (in thousands).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           YEAR ENDED                 YEAR ENDED
                                                                        DECEMBER 31, 1997          DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                                                        -----------------          -----------------
<S>                                                                       <C>                       <C>        
Loss before taxes for financial statement purposes................        $  (69,282)               $  (52,812)

Differences between loss for financial statement
 purposes and taxable loss:
State income taxes - current portion..............................             2,692                     2,738
Permanent differences:
   Goodwill.......................................................             1,375                     1,428
   All other permanent items......................................             4,235                     1,186
Temporary differences:
   Intangible amortization........................................            21,309                     3,149
   All other temporary differences (net)..........................             6,333                     7,859
                                                                          ----------                ----------
         Total differences........................................            35,944                    16,360
                                                                          ----------                ----------
Taxable loss......................................................        $  (33,338)               $  (36,452)
                                                                          ==========                ==========
</TABLE>

YEAR 2000 READINESS

GENERAL
         Most  businesses  are facing a challenge at the turn of the century due
to a common computer-related  practice employed since the 1960's of representing
a year  with just two  digits  rather  than  four  digits.  The  problem  is not
restricted to system  hardware  components  but will be  manifested  within many
operating systems, firmware,  application software and equipment used throughout
an  organization.  Dictaphone  has been and continues to be actively  engaged in
resolving its Year 2000 issues.  The Company has established a Year 2000 Project
Office charged with  evaluating  the Company's Year 2000 issues and  identifying
and  developing  appropriate  remedies  and  action  plans  with  respect to the
Company's  internal  systems  and the  Company's  products  to  ensure  a smooth
transition into the new millennium.

         The Year 2000  Project  Office  has  adopted a five  phase  program  to
address  the  Company's  Year 2000  issues  consisting  of Phase I - review  and
inventory of existing  systems,  products,  equipment and suppliers  that may be
affected by the Year 2000 issue; Phase II - assessment of the impact of the Year
2000  issue  on  systems,  products,   equipment  and  suppliers;  Phase  III  -
remediation or replacement of non-compliant systems,  products and equipment and
determination and implementation of solutions to address non-compliant suppliers
and  vendors;  Phase IV testing of  systems,  product  and  equipment  following
remediation; and Phase V - contingency planning.


                                       16
<PAGE>

         The  Company's  Year 2000 efforts have been  concentrated  in two major
areas:  1) internal use systems,  equipment and third party products used in the
Company's operations and 2) products sold by the Company to its customers.

STATE OF READINESS

         The Company is  utilizing  both  internal  and  external  resources  to
perform Year 2000 testing on its internal systems and equipment. The Company has
completed Phase I of the program and has made substantial progress on Phases II,
III  and IV  for  all  of  its  critical  systems  and  equipment.  The  Company
anticipates  completion  of the  work  required  on the  remaining  systems  and
equipment by mid 1999.  In  connection  with the  Company's  efforts to make its
internal   systems  Year  2000  compliant,   the  Company  has  accelerated  the
implementation  of a new  enterprise-wide  computer system in certain areas. The
implementation  timetable  for the  components of the new system is currently on
schedule and will be completed by mid 1999.

         With respect to third party suppliers,  in early 1998 the Company began
the process of identifying and prioritizing  critical  suppliers and vendors and
initiated  communication  concerning their plans to address the Year 2000 issue.
This process is continuing  and the Company  believes  efforts in this area will
continue  throughout 1999 as more information becomes available from these third
parties.

         With respect to products sold to the Company's customers, the Company
has completed  Phase I of the program and is actively  engaged in Phases II, III
and IV. The Company has identified  certain  products which require  remediation
and  is  actively   involved  in  the  development  and  communication  of  such
remediations to the Company's customers. Based on current estimates, the Company
anticipates completion of these phases by mid 1999.

         Many of the Company's  products rely on third party hardware,  software
and  firmware.  The  Company  has been  diligently  working  with all such third
parties to ascertain their readiness and the affect,  if any, of their products'
compliance  status  on the  efficient  and  effective  operation  and use of the
Company's products.  Generally, all software, hardware and firmware are supplied
to the Company by leading  software  companies  that have Year 2000  programs of
their own. A majority of these vendors have provided  information to the Company
as to their  products' Year 2000  compliance  status.  However,  there can be no
guarantee that the software, hardware or firmware certified by third parties, on
which the Company's products may rely, will operate  effectively and efficiently
during and after the  millennium.  The Company has,  however,  conducted its own
Year 2000 testing on integrated  products and believes that the risk of material
operating  failures  associated  with the  components  provided  by these  third
parties is consistent  with their product  representations  concerning Year 2000
compliance.

COSTS
         The Company estimates that the aggregate costs of its Year 2000 program
will be  approximately  $12.5  million,  including $8.5 million of costs already
incurred. Of the total program costs,  approximately $9.0 million represents new
software and hardware  purchases  for internal  Company  systems which have been
accelerated in connection with the Year 2000 issue. A significant portion of the
remaining  $3.5  million  in  costs  have not  been  and  will  not  consist  of
incremental  costs,  but rather  will  represent  the  redeployment  of existing
Company  resources.  This  redeployment  of  resources is not expected to have a
significant impact on the day to day operations of the Company. Based on current
estimates  and  information,  the Company does not  anticipate  that these costs
associated  with Year 2000  issues  will have a material  adverse  effect on the
Company's consolidated  financial position,  results of operations or cash flows
in  future  periods.  However,  these  cost  estimates,  as well as the  project
timetables  previously  mentioned are based on management's best estimates,  and
there can be no guarantee  that these  estimates will be achieved or that actual
results will not materially differ from these estimates.

RISKS
         With respect to the Company's  internal  systems,  the most  reasonably
likely worst case scenario for the Company's  failure to identify or remediate a


                                       17
<PAGE>

Year 2000 problem could be an  interruption  in, or failure of,  certain  normal
business activities or operations.  Such failures could materially and adversely
affect the Company's results of operations,  liquidity and financial  condition.
In addition,  due to the uncertainty of the Year 2000 readiness of third parties
and  suppliers  and  customers,  the Company is unable to determine at this time
whether the  consequences of the Year 2000 failures by these parties will have a
material impact on the Company's  consolidated  financial  position,  results of
operations or cash flows.

         The Company's Year 2000 program,  however, is expected to significantly
reduce the Company's  exposure to these types of failures.  The Company believes
that the  implementation  of new systems and the timely  completion  of the Year
2000  program  should  reduce the risk of  internal  business  interruption  and
adverse financial impact.

         With respect to products sold to customers,  the most reasonably likely
worst case  scenario for Year 2000 related  product  failures  could include the
suspension of use of such product,  or continued use of the product with reduced
functionality  or  operating  ability.  If this were to occur,  customers  could
attempt to assert  liability  claims against the Company.  However,  the Company
believes  that,  based on the level of Year 2000 testing  performed to date, the
product  remedies  expected  to be made  available  to its  customers,  the time
remaining to implement  such remedies,  and the legal defenses  available to the
Company,  the  likelihood  of the  occurrence  of such  worst case  scenario  is
minimized.

CONTINGENCY PLANS

         Contingency   plans  are  being  prepared  so  that  critical  business
functions  will  continue to operate.  These  plans will  address the  Company's
internal  systems and  equipment,  products sold by the Company to customers and
third party supplier  relationships.  The contingency  plans will include manual
alternatives  to electronic  processes,  repair or  replacement  of products and
systems and changes in suppliers.  The Company expects that contingency planning
will continue  throughout  1999, and will further evolve as the Company  obtains
additional information on the state of its Year 2000 readiness.

         The Company  may,  from time to time,  provide  estimates  as to future
performance.  Such estimates would be  "forward-looking"  statements  within the
meaning of Section  27A of the  Securities  Act of 1933 and  Section  21E of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934.  Because  such  statements  include  risks and
uncertainties,  actual  results  may  differ  materially  from  those  estimates
provided.  The  Company  undertakes  no  duty to  update  such  forward  looking
statements.  Because the Company  wishes to take  advantage of the "safe harbor"
provision of the Private  Securities and Litigation Reform Act of 1995,  readers
are  cautioned to  consider,  among  others,  those risks  previously  discussed
herein.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

         The Company's cash flows and earnings are subject to fluctuations  from
changes in interest rates and, to a lesser  extent,  foreign  currency  exchange
fluctuations.  See "Item 7 -  Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition  and Results of  Operations  - Liquidity  and Capital  Resources"  for
further information on interest rate risk.


                                       18
<PAGE>

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS  (UNAUDITED)   (IN THOUSANDS)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    QUARTER ENDED       QUARTER ENDED       QUARTER ENDED        QUARTER ENDED
                                      MARCH 31,           JUNE 30,          SEPTEMBER 30,        DECEMBER 31,
                                        1998                1998                1998                 1998
       1998                         -------------       -------------       -------------        -------------
       ----
<S>                                  <C>                 <C>                 <C>                   <C>      
Total revenue................        $  83,825           $  84,985           $  85,876             $  77,632
Cost of sales, rentals and support
 services....................           45,012              46,957              45,131                51,588
Net loss ....................          (10,845)            (10,711)             (5,384)              (26,750)(a)
Net loss applicable to
 Common Stock................        $ (11,574)          $ (11,466)          $  (6,166)            $ (27,558)


                                    QUARTER ENDED       QUARTER ENDED       QUARTER ENDED        QUARTER ENDED
                                      MARCH 31,           JUNE 30,          SEPTEMBER 30,        DECEMBER 31,
                                        1997                1997                1997                 1997
       1997                         -------------       -------------       -------------        -------------
       ----
Total revenue................        $  81,167           $  79,941           $  87,716             $  91,218
Cost of sales, rentals and support
 services....................           42,815              55,630              46,129                49,858
Net loss ....................           (7,834)            (19,080) (b)         (6,023)              (35,285)(c)
Net loss applicable to
 Common Stock................        $  (8,469)          $ (19,758)          $  (6,704)            $ (35,990)

</TABLE>
- ---------------------

(a)      Net loss  includes  after  tax  charges  of $3.1  million  for  product
         obsolescence,  $2.7 million for severance and restructuring charges and
         a $11.1 million increase to the deferred tax valuation allowance.
(b)      Net loss includes after tax charges of $6.7 million for digital product
         obsolescence  and $1.5 million for severance.
(c)      Net loss  includes  after tax  charges  of $3.8  million  to write down
         patent assets,  associated  goodwill,  and capitalized  software,  $2.6
         million  for  digital  product  obsolescence,   and  $24.1  million  to
         establish a deferred tax valuation reserve.


                                       19
<PAGE>

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT



Board of Directors and Stockholders
Dictaphone Corporation

We have  audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets of  Dictaphone
Corporation and  Subsidiaries  (the "Company") as of December 31, 1998 and 1997,
and the related  consolidated  statements of  operations,  stockholders'  equity
(deficit) and cash flows for the years ended  December 31, 1998,  1997 and 1996.
Our audits also  included  the  financial  statement  schedule as of and for the
years ended  December  31,  1998,  1997 and 1996 listed in the Index as Item 14.
These   financial   statements   and  financial   statement   schedule  are  the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion  on  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  financial  statement
schedule based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  such consolidated  financial  statements present fairly, in all
material  respects,  the financial  position of the Company at December 31, 1998
and 1997,  and the  results of its  operations  and its cash flows for the years
ended December 31, 1998,  1997 and 1996 in conformity  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule as
of and for the years ended December 31, 1998,  1997 and 1996, when considered in
relation  to the  basic  consolidated  financial  statements  taken  as a whole,
presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.



/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Hartford, Connecticut
February 3, 1999


                                       20
<PAGE>
<TABLE>

                                              DICTAPHONE CORPORATION
                                            CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                   (Dollars in thousands, except share amounts)
<CAPTION>

ASSETS                                                              DECEMBER 31, 1997            DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                                                    ------------------           -----------------
<S>                                                                    <C>                          <C>        
Current assets:
    Cash and cash equivalents                                          $    10,277                  $    11,727
    Accounts receivable, less allowance of
    $810 and $968, respectively                                             71,939                       77,432
    Inventories                                                             48,779                       53,362
    Other current assets                                                    11,675                        7,259
                                                                       -----------                  -----------
         Total current assets                                              142,670                      149,780
Property, plant and equipment, net                                          35,331                       32,425
Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated
 amortization of $12,517 and $14,246, respectively                          10,900                        9,920
Intangibles, net of accumulated amortization of $99,439
 and $122,595, respectively                                                229,322                      206,122
Deferred tax asset                                                          39,539                       39,765
Other assets                                                                12,280                       16,315
                                                                       -----------                  -----------
         Total assets                                                  $   470,042                  $   454,327
                                                                       ===========                  ===========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
    Accounts payable                                                   $    10,940                  $     8,778
    Interest payable                                                        10,144                       10,067
    Accrued pension liability                                                7,571                        8,352
    Accrued liabilities                                                     24,802                       31,433
    Advance billings                                                        37,184                       39,586
    Current portion of long-term debt                                          795                          795
                                                                       -----------                  -----------
         Total current liabilities                                          91,436                       99,011
Long-term debt                                                             342,816                      369,737
Other liabilities                                                           10,529                       14,141
                                                                       -----------                  -----------
         Total liabilities                                                 444,781                      482,889
                                                                       -----------                  -----------
Commitments, contingencies and concentration of risks (Note 11)

Stockholders' equity:
    Preferred stock ($.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares
     authorized; 2,084,100 and 2,391,500  shares  of  14%  PIK
     perpetual preferred stock issued and outstanding, liquidation
     values of $20,841 and  $23,915 at December  31, 1997 and
     1998, respectively)                                                    20,841                       23,915
    Common stock ($.01 par value; 20,000,000 shares
     authorized; 12,952,000 and 12,934,000 shares outstanding
     at December 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively)                              130                          130
    Notes receivable from stockholders                                        (831)                        (741)
    Additional paid-in capital                                             124,029                      120,955
    Treasury stock, at cost (48,000 and 66,000 shares
     at December 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively)                             (480)                        (660)
    Accumulated deficit                                                   (116,756)                    (170,417)
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss                                    (1,672)                      (1,744)
                                                                       -----------                  -----------
         Total stockholders' equity (deficit)                               25,261                      (28,562)
                                                                       -----------                  -----------
         Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                    $   470,042                  $   454,327
                                                                       ===========                  ===========
</TABLE>

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                               21
<PAGE>
<TABLE>

                                              DICTAPHONE CORPORATION

                                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                              (Dollars in thousands)


<CAPTION>

                                                     YEAR ENDED                YEAR ENDED              YEAR ENDED
                                                  DECEMBER 31, 1996         DECEMBER 31, 1997       DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                                  -----------------         -----------------       -----------------
<S>                                                  <C>                     <C>                     <C>        
    Revenues:
         Product sales and rentals                   $   199,024             $   202,894             $   197,330
         Contract manufacturing sales                     40,614                  42,864                  47,063
         Support services                                 92,830                  94,284                  87,925
                                                     -----------             -----------             -----------
             Total revenue                               332,468                 340,042                 332,318
                                                     -----------             -----------             -----------

    Costs and expenses:

         Cost of sales, rentals and support
          services                                       181,148                 194,432                 188,688

         Selling and administrative                      108,008                 114,263                 116,716

         Amortization of intangibles                      41,209                  41,262                  23,156

         Research and development                         14,135                  14,705                  17,128
                                                     -----------             -----------             -----------

    Operating loss                                       (12,032)                (24,620)                (13,370)

    Interest expense                                      42,897                  44,438                  39,715

    Other (income) expense - net                          (1,338)                    224                    (273)
                                                     -----------             -----------             -----------

    Loss before income taxes                             (53,591)                (69,282)                (52,812)

    Income tax benefit (expense)                          18,931                   1,060                    (878)
                                                     -----------             -----------             -----------

    Net loss                                             (34,660)                (68,222)                (53,690)

         Stock dividends on PIK Preferred Stock            2,327                   2,699                   3,074
                                                     -----------             -----------             -----------

         Net loss applicable to Common Stock         $   (36,987)            $   (70,921)            $   (56,764)
                                                     ===========             ===========             ===========




                           See  accompanying  notes  to  consolidated  financial statements.
</TABLE>

                               22
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                                              DICTAPHONE CORPORATION
                                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                              (Dollars in thousands)


<CAPTION>
                                                                YEAR ENDED          YEAR ENDED           YEAR ENDED
                                                             DECEMBER 31, 1996   DECEMBER 31, 1997   DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                                             -----------------   -----------------   -----------------
<S>                                                             <C>                  <C>                  <C>        

Operating activities:
    Net loss                                                    $  (34,660)          $  (68,222)          $  (53,690)
    Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash
     provided by (used in) operating activities:
         Depreciation and amortization (including
          $5,775, $8,114 and $17, respectively, of
          nonrecurring charges)                                     71,135               68,515                39,895
         Provision for deferred income taxes                       (18,876)              (1,767)                 (227)
         Non-cash charge for product obsolescence
          (Note 4)                                                     ---                14,902                4,999
         Changes in assets and liabilities:
             Accounts receivable                                     3,320              (18,869)               (5,749)
             Inventories                                             3,833               (4,528)               (9,735)
             Other current assets                                     (513)              (1,876)                4,690
             Accounts payable and accrued liabilities               (5,672)               5,896                 4,922
             Advance billings                                          167                2,502                 2,523
             Other assets and other                                (12,416)             (10,996)              (16,051)
                                                                ----------           ----------           -----------
             Net cash provided by (used in) operating                6,318              (14,443)              (28,423)
             activities                                         ----------           ----------           -----------

Investing activities:
    Payments for acquisition                                        (8,000)                 ---                   ---
    Net investment in fixed assets                                  (6,225)              (5,899)               (8,851)
    Proceeds from sale of building                                     ---                  ---                14,000
                                                                ----------           ----------           -----------
             Net cash (used in) provided by investing              (14,225)             (5,899)                 5,149
             activities                                         ----------           ----------           -----------

Financing activities:
    Borrowings under term loan facility                                ---               62,750                   ---
    Repayment under term loan facility                              (7,750)             (71,000)               (2,427)
    Proceeds from sale of common stock                                 ---               35,000                   ---
    Borrowings under revolving credit facility                      32,000               88,600                79,000
    Repayment under revolving credit facility                      (23,000)             (88,600)              (49,500)
    International borrowing, net                                     1,277                 (717)                 (150)
    Payment of deferred financing costs                               (791)              (2,927)                 (749)
    Repayment under capital lease obligations                         (198)                (266)               (1,355)
    Repayment of management loans                                      108                  221                    90
    Payments to acquire treasury stock                                (100)                (280)                 (180)
    Other                                                              ---                  ---                    29
                                                                ----------           ----------           -----------
         Net cash provided by financing activities                   1,546               22,781                24,758
                                                                ----------           ----------           -----------

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash                                  9                  (89)                  (34)
                                                                ----------           -----------          ------------
(Decrease) increase in cash                                         (6,352)               2,350                 1,450
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period                      14,279                7,927                10,277
                                                                ----------           ----------           -----------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period                        $    7,927           $   10,277           $    11,727
                                                                ==========           ==========           ===========
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Interest paid                                                   $   38,142           $   38,372           $    38,001
                                                                ==========           ==========           ===========
Income taxes paid                                               $    1,960           $    1,039           $       432
                                                                ==========           ==========           ===========
</TABLE>

                    See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.




                               23
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                                                        DICTAPHONE CORPORATION
                                            CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                         FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1997 AND 1998
                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<CAPTION>

                                             NOTES                                           ACCUMULATED
                                          RECEIVABLE              ADDITIONAL                    OTHER      COMPREHENSIVE   TOTAL
                     PREFERRED  COMMON       FROM      TREASURY     PAID-IN    ACCUMULATED  COMPREHENSIVE     EARNINGS     EQUITY
                      STOCK     STOCK    STOCKHOLDERS    STOCK      CAPITAL      DEFICIT    INCOME (LOSS)     (LOSS)      (DEFICIT)
                    ---------  --------  ------------  --------   ----------   -----------  -------------- -------------  ----------
<S>                 <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>
Balance at
December 31, 1995   $ 15,815   $     95   $ (1,160)    $   (100)   $ 94,090      $(13,874)     $   (363)     $    ---     $ 94,503

Net loss                ---         ---        ---          ---         ---       (34,660)          ---       (34,660)     (34,660)

Stock dividends       2,327         ---        ---          ---      (2,327)         ---            ---           ---          ---

Repayment of
 management  loans      ---         ---        108          ---         ---          ---            ---           ---          108

Stock repurchase        ---         ---        ---         (100)        ---          ---            ---           ---         (100)

Translation loss        ---         ---        ---          ---         ---          ---           (473)         (473)        (473)
                    -------    --------    --------     --------    --------     --------       ---------     ---------    --------
Comprehensive loss                                                                                            (35,133)            
                                                                                                              ========
Balance at
 December 31, 1996   18,142          95     (1,052)        (200)     91,763      (48,534)          (836)          ---       59,378

Net loss                ---         ---        ---          ---         ---      (68,222)           ---       (68,222)     (68,222)

Stock dividends       2,699         ---        ---          ---      (2,699)         ---            ---           ---          ---

Sale of common stock    ---          35        ---          ---      34,965          ---            ---           ---       35,000

Repayment of
 management loans       ---         ---        221          ---         ---          ---            ---           ---          221

Stock repurchase        ---         ---        ---         (280)        ---          ---            ---           ---         (280)

Translation loss        ---         ---        ---          ---         ---          ---           (836)         (836)        (836)
                    -------    --------   --------     --------    --------     --------       ---------      --------     --------
Comprehensive Loss                                                                                            (69,058)            
                                                                                                              ========   
Balance at                                                                                                    
December 31, 1997    20,841         130       (831)        (480)    124,029      (116,756)       (1,672)          ---       25,261

Net loss                ---         ---        ---          ---         ---       (53,690)          ---       (53,690)     (53,690)

Stock dividends       3,074         ---        ---          ---      (3,074)         ---            ---           ---          ---

Repayment of
 management loans       ---         ---         90          ---         ---          ---            ---           ---           90

Stock repurchase        ---         ---        ---         (180)        ---          ---            ---           ---         (180)

Translation loss        ---         ---        ---          ---         ---          ---            (72)          (72)         (72)

Disposal of                                                                                                                        
  Dictaphone            ---         ---        ---          ---         ---           29            ---            29           29
  Netherlands BV    -------    --------   --------     --------    --------      ---------     --------      ---------    ---------
                                                                                                             $(53,733) 
Comprehensive Loss                                                                                           =========

Balance at
 December 31, 1998  $ 23,915   $    130   $   (741)    $   (660)   $120,955      $(170,417)    $ (1,744)                  $(28,562)
                    ========   ========   =========    =========   ========      ==========    =========                  ========= 
</TABLE>

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



                               24
<PAGE>

                             DICTAPHONE CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                  (Amounts in thousands, except share amounts)


1.       THE ACQUISITION

                  On April 25, 1995, Dictaphone  Corporation (Successor Company)
         (the "Company") entered into a Stock and Asset Purchase  Agreement,  as
         amended  August 11, 1995 (the  "Acquisition  Agreement"),  with  Pitney
         Bowes  Inc.  ("Pitney  Bowes")  for  the   purpose  of  acquiring  (the
         "Acquisition") Dictaphone  Corporation,  the United  States  Dictaphone
         Subsidiary of Pitney Bowes ("Dictaphone  U.S.  (Predecessor  Company)")
         and  certain  foreign  affiliates  ("Dictaphone  Non-U.S.  (Predecessor
         Company)") as set  forth in the  Acquisition  Agreement  (collectively,
         the  "Predecessor Company").  On August 11, 1995, the Company  acquired
         the  Predecessor  Company  for  $450.0  million,  which was  subject to
         certain  post-closing   adjustments  as  defined  in  the   Acquisition
         Agreement.  On  March 6, 1996,  the  Company  and Pitney Bowes  reached
         agreement  as to final  purchase adjustment. Total purchase adjustments
         amounted to $12.2 million for an aggregate purchase price of $462.2
         million.

                  The Acquisition,  including  approximately  $22,178 of related
         transaction  and  financing  fees,  was financed  with the borrowing of
         approximately $165,000 under a credit agreement, which consisted of two
         term  loans  and a  revolving  credit  facility,  the  sale  of  senior
         subordinated  notes with an aggregate  principal amount of $200,000 and
         equity contributions of $110,000.

2.       NATURE OF OPERATIONS

                  The Company is engaged principally in the design, manufacture,
         marketing and service of integrated  voice and data management  systems
         and software.  The Company has two operating segments,  System Products
         and  Services  and  Contract  Manufacturing.  The System  Products  and
         Services  segment  consists of the sale and  service of  system-related
         products to dictation and voice management and communications recording
         system customers in selected vertical markets. Dictaphone markets these
         products  worldwide  with 88% of its  revenue  generated  from the U.S.
         market.  The Contract  Manufacturing  segment consists of manufacturing
         operations which provides outside electronic  manufacturing services to
         original  equipment  manufacturers  in  the  telecommunications,   data
         management, computer and electronics industries.

3.       SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

                  BASIS OF PRESENTATION. The preparation of financial statements
         in conformity with generally accepted  accounting  principles  requires
         management to make estimates and  assumptions  that affect the reported
         amount of assets and  liabilities  and disclosure of contingent  assets
         and  liabilities  at the date of the financial  statements and reported
         amounts of revenues and expenses  during the reporting  period.  Actual
         results could differ from those estimates.

                  CONSOLIDATION.  The consolidated  financial statements include
         the Company and all majority-owned subsidiaries as follows:  Dictaphone
         Corporation  U.S.  ("Dictaphone   U.S."),  Dictaphone  Canada  Ltd/Ltee
         ("Dictaphone  Canada"),  Dictaphone  Company  Ltd. ("Dictaphone U.K."),
         Dictaphone   Deutschland   GmbH   ("Dictaphone  Germany"),   Dictaphone
         Netherlands  BV ("Dictaphone Netherlands") and Dictaphone International
         A.G. ("Dictaphone Switzerland").  All significant intercompany accounts
         and  transactions  have been eliminated.

                  CASH   AND  CASH   EQUIVALENTS.   Cash   equivalents   include
         short-term,  highly liquid  investments with a maturity of three months
         or less from the date of acquisition.

                               25
<PAGE>

3.       SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

                  INVENTORY  VALUATION.  Inventories  are valued at the lower of
         cost or market.  Cost is determined on the first-in,  first-out  (FIFO)
         method.

                  COMPUTER SOFTWARE  DEVELOPMENT COSTS. The Company  capitalizes
         certain software costs  (approximately  $6,945,  $6,225 and $10,249 for
         the years ended  December 31,  1996,  1997 and 1998,  respectively)  in
         accordance  with the  provisions  of Statement of Financial  Accounting
         Standard  ("SFAS")  No.  86,  "Accounting  for the  Costs  of  Computer
         Software to be Sold,  Leased or Otherwise  Marketed."  Such amounts are
         amortized  as the related  products are sold.  Amortization  expense in
         1996,  1997 and 1998  related to the  capitalized  amounts  was $1,418,
         $5,821 and $5,542, respectively.

                  FIXED ASSETS AND DEPRECIATION.  Property,  plant and equipment
         are stated at cost and depreciated  using the straight line method over
         the useful  lives of the various  assets  ranging  from three to twelve
         years for machinery  and  equipment  and up to 35 years for  buildings.
         Major improvements which add to productive  capacity or extend the life
         of an asset are  capitalized  while repairs and maintenance are charged
         to expense as incurred.  Rental equipment and other depreciable  assets
         are depreciated  using the straight line method over the related useful
         lives.

                  INTANGIBLES.  Patents and non-compete  agreement are amortized
         on a  straight  line  basis  over five and three  years,  respectively.
         Service  contracts  are  amortized  using a systematic  method based on
         expected rate of nonrenewals over four years. All other intangibles are
         being  amortized  on a straight  line basis over 40 years.  The Company
         periodically   evaluates  the  recoverability  of  goodwill  and  other
         intangible assets by assessing whether the unamortized intangible asset
         can  be  recovered  over  its  remaining  useful  life  through  future
         operating cash flows on an undiscounted basis.

                  DEFERRED   FINANCING  COSTS.   Deferred  financing  costs  are
         amortized  over  the  expected  terms of the  related  debt  using  the
         effective interest method.

                  RENTAL  ARRANGEMENTS AND ADVANCE  BILLINGS.  The Company rents
         equipment  to  its  customers  under  short-term   rental   agreements,
         generally  for  periods of three to five years.  Maintenance  contracts
         (support  services)  are  billed in  advance;  the  related  revenue is
         included  in advance  billings  and  amortized  ratably  into income as
         earned.

                  REVENUE. Revenue is recognized when earned. In accordance with
         American  Institute  of  Certified  Public  Accountants  Statements  of
         Position 97-2 and 98-4,  "Software Revenue  Recognition",  for products
         with a  significant  software  element,  the  Company  records  revenue
         attributable  to the hardware and software  elements  upon shipment and
         defers  revenue  attributable  to  undelivered  elements   (principally
         installation  and  training)  to  the  periods  in  which  the  related
         obligations are performed. Revenue for all other products is recognized
         when the related service is performed.

                  COSTS AND  EXPENSES.  Operating  expenses  of field  sales and
         service  offices which represent the cost of support  services  revenue
         are included in cost of sales.

                  INCOME  TAXES.  Income  tax  benefit  is based  upon  reported
         results of operations and reflects the impact of temporary  differences
         between the amount of assets and  liabilities  recognized for financial
         reporting  purposes and such amounts  recognized for tax purposes.  All
         U.S.   Federal  and  State  taxes  are   provided   currently   on  the
         undistributed  earnings of foreign  subsidiaries  giving recognition to
         current tax rates and applicable foreign tax credits.



                               26
<PAGE>

3.       SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

                  DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS. The Company has only limited
         involvement with derivative financial instruments and does not use them
         for trading  purposes.  The Company  enters into interest rate swap and
         cap  agreements to reduce its exposure to interest  rate  fluctuations.
         The net gain or loss from exchange of interest  payments is included in
         interest expense in the consolidated  financial statements and interest
         paid in the condensed consolidated statements of cash flow.

                  TRANSLATION OF FOREIGN  CURRENCIES.  Assets and liabilities of
         subsidiaries  are  translated  at the rate of exchange in effect on the
         balance sheet date;  income and expenses are  translated at the average
         rates of exchange prevailing during the period. The related translation
         adjustments are reflected in the accumulated other comprehensive income
         (loss)  within the  stockholders'  equity  section of the  consolidated
         balance  sheet.  Foreign  currency  gains  and  losses  resulting  from
         transactions are included in results of operations.

                  STOCK-BASED  COMPENSATION.  Statement of Financial  Accounting
         Standards Number 123, "Accounting For Stock-Based  Compensation" ("SFAS
         123")  encourages,  but does not  require,  companies to record at fair
         value  compensation cost of stock-based  employee  compensation  plans.
         Dictaphone   has  elected  to  continue  to  account  for   stock-based
         compensation  using the intrinsic value method prescribed in Accounting
         Principles  Board  Opinion  No.  25,  "Accounting  For Stock  Issued to
         Employees"  ("APB  No.  25") and  related  interpretations.  Under  the
         intrinsic value based method,  compensation cost is the excess, if any,
         of the quoted market price of the stock at grant date over the exercise
         price of the option.  Typically,  grants of stock  options  pursuant to
         stock  option  plans  have  no  intrinsic  value  at  grant  date,  and
         accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized by Dictaphone.

4.       INVENTORIES

                  Inventories consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                DECEMBER 31,               DECEMBER 31,
                                                                    1997                       1998
                                                                ------------               ------------
                  <S>                                            <C>                        <C>        
                  Raw materials and work in process              $    18,481                $    15,799
                  Supplies and service parts                          14,087                     15,376
                  Finished products                                   16,211                     22,187
                                                                 -----------                -----------
                  Total inventories                              $    48,779                $    53,362
                                                                 ===========                ===========
</TABLE>

                  With the commencement of production of Enterprise  Express(TM)
         in June 1997,  the Company  provided for excess service parts and field
         stock,  inclusive of prepaid  amounts,  associated  with those products
         that the Enterprise  Express(TM)  product was  replacing.  During 1997,
         these non-cash charges totalled $14.9 million.

                  In December  1998,  after  assessing  prospective  sales,  the
         Company recorded a non-cash charge of $5.0 million  associated with the
         provision for excess inventory related to the Company's  Boomerang(TM),
         Insight(TM), FTR(TM) and Synergy(TM) products.

                               27
<PAGE>
5.       PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

                  Property, plant and equipment consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                DECEMBER 31,               DECEMBER 31,
                                                                    1997                       1998
                                                               -------------               ------------
                  <S>                                            <C>                        <C>        
                  Land                                           $     1,766                $     1,058
                  Buildings                                           17,228                     10,030
                  Machinery and equipment                             47,497                     56,100
                                                                 -----------                -----------
                     Subtotal                                         66,491                     67,188
                  Accumulated depreciation                           (31,160)                   (34,763)
                                                                 -----------                -----------
                  Property, plant and equipment, net             $    35,331                $    32,425
                                                                 ===========                ===========
</TABLE>
                  Depreciation  expense for the years ended  December 31,  1996,
         1997 and 1998 was $15,130,  $7,739 and $7,898, respectively.

                  In  May  1998,  the  Company  entered  into  a  sale/leaseback
         agreement  for the  sale of its  Stamford,  CT  land  and  headquarters
         facility for total proceeds of $14 million. The Company realized a gain
         on the sale of $1.8  million.  The gain has been  deferred and is being
         recognized over the term of the operating lease of 20 years.

6.       INTANGIBLES

                  The following summarizes intangible assets, net of accumulated
         amortization and writedowns of $99,439 and $122,595 for the years ended
         December 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively. In 1997, the Company recorded
         a non-cash  pretax charge of $5.4 million to writedown  certain patents
         and associated goodwill to their fair value.  Amortization  expense for
         the years ended December 31, 1997 and December 31, 1998 was $41,262 and
         $23,156, respectively.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                DECEMBER 31,               DECEMBER 31,
                                                                    1997                       1998
                                                                -------------              ------------
                  <S>                                            <C>                       <C> 
                  Goodwill                                       $   135,004                $   127,611
                  Tradenames                                          73,211                     71,265
                  Service contracts                                    8,920                      2,530
                  Non-compete agreement                               11,696                      2,463
                  Patents                                                491                      2,253
                                                                 -----------                -----------
                                                                 $   229,322                $   206,122
                                                                 ===========                ===========
</TABLE>
7.       DEBT

                  The following summarizes the debt structure of the Company:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                DECEMBER 31,               DECEMBER 31,
                                                                    1997                       1998
                                                                -------------              ------------
<S>                                                              <C>                        <C>        
                  Current portion of long-term debt              $       795                $       795
                                                                 -----------                -----------
                  Long-term debt:
                      Senior debt:
                          Term loans:
                               Tranche B                              71,250                     69,450
                               Tranche C                              62,122                     61,495
                          Revolving credit loans                       9,000                     38,500
                      International debt                                 444                        292
                      Subordinated notes                             200,000                    200,000
                                                                 -----------                -----------
                  Total long-term debt                               342,816                    369,737
                                                                 -----------                -----------

                  Total debt                                     $   343,611                $   370,532
                                                                 ===========                ===========
</TABLE>
                               28
<PAGE>


                  In  connection  with the  financing  of the  Acquisition,  the
         Company  entered  into a Credit  Agreement,  dated  August 7, 1995,  as
         amended by five  amendments to Credit  Agreement,  dated June 28, 1996,
         June 27, 1997,  July 21, 1997,  November 14, 1997 and December 31, 1998
         (collectively,  the "Credit  Agreement")  with a syndicate of financial
         institutions  for whom Bankers Trust Company  ("Bankers  Trust") is the
         Administrative Agent and NationsBank,  N.A. (Carolinas)  ("Nations") is
         the Documentation Agent.

                  The fifth amendment to the Credit Agreement provided for (i) a
         waiver of compliance with the financial  covenants by the Company as of
         December 31, 1998 and for the  four-Fiscal  Quarter periods then ended,
         (ii) modifications to the covenants and related  definitions in respect
         of certain  asset sales and the  utilization  of the proceeds from such
         asset sales,  (iii)  modifications  to the required  Maximum  Leverage,
         Minimum  EBITDA and  Minimum  Interest  Coverage  Ratio  covenants  (as
         defined in the Credit Agreement), (iv) a change in the maturity date of
         the Tranche C Loans to be equal to that of the Tranche B Loans, and (v)
         an increase in the interest  rate on the Tranche B Loans to be equal to
         that of the Tranche C Loans. The Credit Agreement consists of a $75,000
         Tranche B Term  Loan due June 30,  2002,  and a $62,750  Tranche C Term
         Loan due June 30, 2002, and a six-year  Revolving Credit Facility of up
         to $40,000,  collectively, the "Facilities". A portion of the Revolving
         Credit  Facility  is  available  to  provide  for the  working  capital
         requirements and general corporate purposes of the Company and to issue
         commercial and standby letters of credit.

                  At December 31,  1998,  the Company had Term Loans of $131,573
         and loans of $38,500  outstanding  under the Revolving Credit Facility.
         The  maturity  schedule  relating to the $131,573 of  outstanding  Term
         Loans is as follows:

                  1999                          $       628
                  2000                                  628
                  2001                               36,328
                  2002                               93,989
                  2003                                  ---
                  Thereafter                            ---
                                                -----------
                                                $   131,573
                                                ===========

                  The  Company  will be required  to make  certain  prepayments,
         subject to certain  exceptions,  on the  Facilities  with 75% of Excess
         Cash Flow (as defined in the Credit  Agreement)  and with the  proceeds
         from certain asset sales,  issuances of debt and equity  securities and
         any pension plan reversion.  Such  prepayments will be applied first to
         required  principal  payments of the Tranche B Term Loan and thereafter
         to amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility.

                  There are no  scheduled  reductions  in the  Revolving  Credit
         Facility over its term. The Revolving Credit Facility  terminates March
         31, 2001.  Availability under the Revolving Credit Facility at December
         31, 1998 was $1,500.  The Company had outstanding  letters of credit of
         $1,430 as of December 31, 1998.

                  Borrowings  under the Revolving  Credit Facility bear interest
         at a rate per annum equal to, at the  Company's  option,  the higher of
         (1)  Bankers  Trust's  Prime Rate or (2) the rate which is 1/2 of 1% in
         excess of the Federal Funds  effective  rate (together the "Base Rate")
         plus 1.75% or the  reserve  Eurodollar  Rate (as  defined in the Credit
         Agreement) plus 2.75%.  The Tranche B Loan bears interest at a rate per
         annum equal to, at the  Company's  option,  the Base Rate plus 2.75% or
         the  reserve  Eurodollar  Rate plus  3.75%.  The  Tranche C Loan  bears
         interest at a rate per annum  equal to, at the  Company's  option,  the
         Base Rate plus 2.75% or the  reserve  Eurodollar  Rate plus  3.75%.  In
         addition,  the Company is  required  to pay  Bankers  Trust a quarterly
         commitment fee of .50% per annum on the daily average unused portion of
         the Revolving  Credit  Facility.  The carrying amount of the Facilities
         approximates fair value as the interest rate reprices  quarterly and is
         reflective of currently  available  market rates.  The Company  entered
         into an  interest  rate  swap  contract  in  November  1995,  effective
         February  16,  1996,  with  an  aggregate   notional  principal  amount

                               29
<PAGE>

7.       DEBT (CONTINUED)

         equivalent to  $75,000   maturing  on  February  16,  1999.   The  swap
         effectively  converts  that  portion of the  Company's  Term Loans to a
         fixed rate  component of 5.8%;  thus  reducing the impact of changes in
         interest rates,  converting the total effective  interest rate on fifty
         percent of the initial  outstanding Term Loans to 9.55%. No funds under
         the swap  agreements  are  actually  borrowed or are to be repaid.  The
         amounts due to or from the  counterparties  are  reflected  in interest
         expense  in the  periods in which  they  accrue.  The fair value of the
         interest  rate  swaps as of  December  31,  1998 was  unfavorable  $0.1
         million,   based  upon  dealer   quotes.   Dictaphone   is  exposed  to
         credit-related   losses  in  the  event  of   non-performance   by  the
         counterparties to these swaps,  although no such losses are expected as
         the  counterparties  are  commercial  banks having an investment  grade
         credit rating.  On February 11, 1999, the Company entered into interest
         rate cap  agreements  effective  February 16,  1999,  with an aggregate
         notional  principal  amount  equivalent  to  $66  million  maturing  on
         February 16, 2001.  The cap limits that portion of the  Company's  Term
         Loans to a fixed rate  component of 5.5%;  thus  reducing the impact of
         increases in interest  rates,  limiting the effective  interest rate on
         fifty percent of the  currently  outstanding  Term Loans to 9.25%.  The
         effective interest rate for the year ended December 31, 1998 was 8.90%,
         9.35% and 8.38% on the Tranche B Loan, Tranche C Loan and the Revolving
         Credit Facility, respectively.

                  Dictaphone  Non-U.S.  is  not a  guarantor  of  the  Company's
         obligations  under the  Facilities.  The Company's  obligations and the
         guarantees of its domestic  subsidiaries  are secured by  substantially
         all  existing  and  acquired  personal  property of the Company and its
         domestic subsidiaries,  including a pledge of 100% of the stock of each
         of the Company's domestic  subsidiaries and 66% of the stock of each of
         the   Company's   first-tier   foreign   subsidiaries.   The  Company's
         obligations  are also secured by liens on certain real  property of the
         Company and its domestic subsidiaries.

                  In addition,  the Credit  Agreement  contains  covenants  that
         significantly limit or prohibit, among other things, the ability of the
         Company   to  incur   indebtedness,   make   prepayments   of   certain
         indebtedness,  pay dividends on Common Stock (as hereinafter  defined),
         make   investments,   engage  in  transactions  with  stockholders  and
         affiliates,  create  liens,  sell  assets  and  engage in  mergers  and
         consolidations and requires that the Company maintain certain financial
         ratios.

                  The  Acquisition  was also  financed  through the  issuance of
         $200,000  senior  subordinated  notes  (the  "Notes").  The  Notes  are
         subordinated  to  the  Credit  Agreement  financing  and  other  senior
         indebtedness  as defined in the  indenture  pursuant to which the Notes
         were issued (the "Note Indenture").  The Notes bear interest of 11-3/4%
         per annum,  payable  semiannually  on each February 1 and August 1. The
         Notes mature on August 1, 2005. The fair value of the Notes at December
         31, 1998 was favorable $50.0 million, based on dealer quotes. The Notes
         are fully and  unconditionally  guaranteed by Dictaphone U.S. The Notes
         contain  similar types of covenants to the  Facilities and provides for
         each  noteholder  to  have  the  right  to  require  that  the  Company
         repurchase  the Notes at 101% of the principal  amount upon a change of
         control as defined in the Note Indenture.

8.       EQUITY AND STOCK OPTIONS

         COMMON STOCK

                  On December  31,  1998,  the Company had 20 million  shares of
         common  stock,  $.01 par value  ("Common  Stock")  authorized  of which
         12,934,000  shares were  issued,  outstanding  and owned by  Stonington
         Capital Appreciation 1994 Fund, L.P. ("Stonington"),  an affiliate of a
         limited partner of Stonington,  and by management of the Company.  (See
         Note 10).

                  At December  31,  1997 and 1998,  the  Company  had 48,000 and
         66,000  shares of treasury  stock, respectively.

                               30
<PAGE>

8.       EQUITY AND STOCK OPTIONS (CONTINUED)

         PREFERRED STOCK AND WARRANT

                  The Company is authorized to issue up to 25,000,000  shares of
         preferred stock, $.01 par value, in one or more series as authorized by
         the Board of Directors and to fix the terms,  rights,  restrictions and
         qualifications  of  shares  of each  series.  In  connection  with  the
         acquisition,  the Company issued 1.5 million shares of 14%  Pay-In-Kind
         Perpetual  Preferred Stock ("PIK Preferred  Stock").  The PIK Preferred
         Stock is nonvoting and has a stated value and liquidation preference of
         $10 per share and carries a cumulative  pay-in-kind dividend of 14% per
         year payable  quarterly in arrears from  September  30, 1995 until July
         31, 2006, and thereafter the annual  dividend rate will increase by 200
         basis points every twelve months (but in no event will exceed 24%). The
         PIK Preferred Stock ranks pari passu with the Convertible PIK Preferred
         (as  hereinafter  defined)  and ranks  senior to all other  classes and
         series of stock of the  Company  with  respect to  dividend  rights and
         rights on liquidation,  winding up and dissolution of the Company.  The
         PIK  Preferred  Stock is  redeemable at the option of the Company or in
         certain  limited  circumstances  at the option of the  holder  upon the
         occurrence of certain  events.  The Company accrued the 14% pay-in-kind
         dividend and charged  additional  paid-in  capital  $2,327,  $2,699 and
         $3,074  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  1996,   1997  and  1998,
         respectively,  as a  result  of  the  required  dividends  representing
         232,700,  269,900  and  307,400  shares  of the  PIK  Preferred  Stock,
         respectively.  Such shares of PIK  Preferred  Stock were  declared  and
         issued in respect of the period up to December 31, 1998.

                  In  connection  with a January  1999 equity  infusion of $20.0
         million from  Stonington,  the Company issued 2,000,000 shares of newly
         issued 12% Convertible  Pay-In-Kind  Preferred Stock  ("Convertible PIK
         Preferred").  The  Convertible  PIK Preferred is  non-voting  and has a
         stated value and liquidation  preference of $10 per share and carries a
         cumulative  pay-in-kind  dividend of 12% per year payable  quarterly in
         arrears from January 28, 1999 until July 31, 2006,  and  thereafter the
         annual  dividend  rate will  increase by 200 basis  points every twelve
         months (but in no event will exceed 24 percent).  The  Convertible  PIK
         Preferred  has the same  redemption  rights as the PIK  Preferred.  The
         Convertible PIK Preferred is convertible  into Common Stock on a one to
         one basis,  subject to adjustments  as described in the  certificate of
         designation for the Company's Convertible PIK Preferred.

                  Together  with the issuance of the PIK  Preferred  Stock,  the
         Company issued a warrant to purchase  350,000 shares of Common Stock at
         a price of $10 per share (the "Warrant") representing the fair value of
         Common  Stock  on  the  date  of  issuance.  The  Warrant  may  not  be
         transferred or exchanged, in whole or in part, separately from, but may
         be   transferred   or  exchanged  only  together  with,  an  equivalent
         proportion of such PIK Preferred Stock.

                  The  Warrant  expires  on  August  11,  2005 and is  currently
         exercisable.  The Company  has  reserved  350,000  shares of its Common
         Stock for issuance  upon  exercise of the Warrant.  As set forth in the
         related agreement (the "Warrant Agreement"),  the Warrant is subject to
         certain  antidilution  provisions  related to the future adjustments to
         the  Company's  capital  stock or the  issuance of its Common  Stock or
         rights,  options or warrants to purchase  such Common  Stock at a price
         below the current market price as defined in the Warrant Agreement.

         MANAGEMENT STOCK OPTION PLAN

                  At the date of  Acquisition,  the Company adopted a Management
         Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") and issued  options to purchase  713,000
         shares  of  Common  Stock at an  exercise  price of  $10.00  per  share
         (estimated  fair  value  of the  Common  Stock  at  date of  grant)  to
         officers,  key employees and non-employee directors of the Company. The
         Plan  provides  that  one-half of the options  (service-based  options)
         granted under the Plan will vest  automatically over a five year period
         and the other one-half  (performance-based options) became eligible for
         vesting as to 10% on April 15, 1996, as to 20% on April 15, 1997, as to
         20% on April 15, 1998 and the  remaining  options  become  eligible for
         vesting  as to an  additional  20% on each of April 15,  1999 and 2000,
         


                               31
<PAGE>

8.       EQUITY AND STOCK OPTIONS (CONTINUED)

         MANAGEMENT STOCK OPTION PLAN (CONT.)

         with the remaining 10% becoming eligible for vesting on April 15, 2001,
         if the Company  attains  certain  predetermined  financial  performance
         goals,  or in any  case no  later  than the  tenth  anniversary  of the
         Acquisition.  Based upon the Company's  performance in 1995, 1996, 1997
         and  1998,  the  Company's  Board  of  Directors  determined  that  the
         following  eligible  performance-based options would vest: 60% on April
         15, 1996,  0% on April 15,  1997,  0% on April 15, 1998 and 0% on April
         15,  1999.  The  options  expire  ten  years  from the date of grant or
         earlier in certain circumstances.  In the event of a Sale or an IPO (as
         defined  in  the  Plan)  of  the  Company,   all  outstanding  unvested
         service-based  options  and   performance-based   options  will  become
         immediately  vested and exercisable prior to the effective date of such
         Sale or IPO.  At the  date of the  Acquisition,  the  Company  reserved
         850,000  shares  of its  Common  Stock  for  issuances  under the Plan.
         Effective  August 1, 1997, the number of shares  reserved for issuances
         under  the Plan was  increased  to  1,200,000.  A  summary  of  options
         outstanding is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                DECEMBER 31,      DECEMBER 31,       DECEMBER 31,
                                                                    1996              1997               1998
                                                                ------------      ------------       ------------
<S>                                                                <C>                <C>              <C>      
         Outstanding, beginning of year                            683,000            650,000          1,096,500
         Granted                                                    89,000            551,500            141,500
         Cancelled                                                (122,000)          (105,000)          (171,000)
                                                                ----------         ----------        -----------
         Outstanding, end of year                                  650,000          1,096,500          1,067,000
                                                                ==========          =========        ===========

             Exercisable, end of year                               82,680            161,470            295,473
                                                                ==========         ==========        ===========
</TABLE>

                  The exercise price for all options was $10.00

                  Statement  of  Financial   Accounting  Standards  Number  123,
         "Accounting For Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS 123") encourages,  but
         does not require,  companies to record at fair value  compensation cost
         of stock-based employee  compensation plans.  Dictaphone has elected to
         continue to account for  stock-based  compensation  using the intrinsic
         value method prescribed in Accounting  Principles Board Opinion No. 25,
         "Accounting  For Stock Issued to Employees"  ("APB No. 25") and related
         interpretations.  Under the intrinsic value based method,  compensation
         cost is the excess,  if any, of the quoted market price of the stock at
         grant date over the exercise price of the option. Typically,  grants of
         stock options pursuant to stock option plans have no intrinsic value at
         grant date, and accordingly,  no compensation  cost has been recognized
         by  Dictaphone.  Had  compensation  cost  for  the  stock  option  been
         determined  based on the fair  value of the  option  at a date of grant
         consistent with the requirements of SFAS No. 123, Dictaphone's net loss
         would have been increased to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          1996             1997              1998
                                                                          ----             ----              ----

<S>                                                                    <C>              <C>               <C>      
              Net loss                      As reported                $(36,987)        $(70,921)         $(56,764)
                                            Pro Forma                  $(37,182)        $(71,503)         $(57,051)
</TABLE>

                               32
<PAGE>

8.       EQUITY AND STOCK OPTIONS (CONTINUED)

         MANAGEMENT STOCK OPTION PLAN (CONT.)

                  The fair value of each stock option has been  estimated at the
         date of grant using the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model with the
         following weighted average assumptions:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1996                1997             1998
                                                         ----                ----             ----
<S>                                                      <C>                <C>               <C>  
              Risk free interest rate                    6.21%              5.72%             4.56%
              Expected life                              5 years            5 years         5 years
              Expected volatility                          ---                 ---            ---
              Expected dividend yield                      ---                 ---            ---
</TABLE>

9.       INCOME TAXES

                  The  (benefit) provision  for income taxes for the years ended
         December 31, 1996,  1997 and 1998 consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            YEAR ENDED                YEAR ENDED               YEAR ENDED
                                         DECEMBER 31, 1996         DECEMBER 31, 1997        DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                         -----------------         -----------------        -----------------
             Current:
<S>                                         <C>                        <C>                     <C>       
                 Federal                    $      ---                 $      ---              $      ---
                 State                             ---                        ---                     ---
                 Foreign                           (55)                       707                   1,105
                                            ----------                 ----------              ----------
                    Total                   $      (55)                $      707                   1,105
                                            ----------                 ----------              ----------

             Deferred:
                 Federal                    $  (14,686)                $    1,059              $      929
                 State                          (3,139)                    (2,203)                    221
                 Foreign                        (1,051)                      (623)                 (1,377)
                                            ----------                 ----------              ----------
                    Total                      (18,876)                    (1,767)                   (227)
                                            ----------                 ----------              ----------
                         Total              $  (18,931)                $   (1,060)             $      878
                                            ==========                 ==========              ==========
</TABLE>

                  The difference between the Company's effective income tax rate
         and the United States  statutory  rate for the years ended December 31,
         1996, 1997 and 1998 is reconciled below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          YEAR ENDED              YEAR ENDED              YEAR ENDED
                                                       DECEMBER 31, 1996       DECEMBER 31, 1997       DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                                       -----------------       -----------------       -----------------

<S>                                                          <C>                     <C>                     <C>   
         United States statutory rate                        35.00%                  35.00%                  35.00%
             State income taxes, net of Federal
              income tax benefit                              3.81%                   4.32%                   4.17%
             Effect of foreign operations                    (1.39%)                 (0.17%)                 (3.55%)
             Miscellaneous                                   (2.09%)                 (2.83%)                 (1.73%)
             Net operating loss carryforwards
              with no anticipated benefit                       ---                 (34.79%)                 (35.54%)
                                                            -------                 --------                --------
                  Total                                      35.33%                   1.53%                   (1.65%)
                                                            =======                 =======                 ========
</TABLE>

                  See Footnote 12 for  disaggregated  information as to domestic
and foreign income before taxes.

                               33
<PAGE>

9.       INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)

                  Deferred tax assets and  liabilities  arise from the impact of
         temporary  differences  between  the amount of assets  and  liabilities
         recognized for financial reporting purposes and such amounts recognized
         for tax purposes and resulted from the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,             DECEMBER 31,
                                                                      1997                     1998
                                                                  ------------             ------------
             Deferred tax assets:
<S>                                                                  <C>                   <C>       
                  Net operating loss carryforwards                   $  33,321             $   48,725
                  Amortization - identifiable intangibles               22,694                 25,646
                  Postretirement and pension benefits                    5,010                  5,185
                  Inventory                                              3,010                  5,130
                  Depreciation                                           3,683                  4,809
                  Other                                                  3,347                  5,824
                                                                     ---------             ----------
                  Total gross deferred tax assets                       71,065                 95,319
                                                                     ---------             ----------
             Less: valuation allowance                                 (24,100)               (44,868)
                                                                     ---------             ----------
             Net deferred tax assets                                 $  46,965             $   50,451
                                                                     =========             ==========

             Deferred tax liabilities:
                  Amortization - goodwill                            $  (3,735)            $   (5,481)
                  Capitalized software costs                            (2,240)                (4,209)
                  Other                                                 (1,451)                  (996)
                                                                     ----------            ----------
                  Total deferred tax liabilities                     $  (7,426)            $  (10,686)
                                                                     =========             ==========
</TABLE>

                  The Company has  recorded a gross  deferred tax asset of $95.3
         million  included  in  other  assets  reflecting  the  benefit  of  net
         operating   loss   carryforwards   and  various   book  tax   temporary
         differences. The net operating loss carryforward for federal income tax
         purposes as of December 31, 1998 is  approximately  $122.5 million,  of
         which $13.7 million of the net operating loss  carryforward will expire
         in the year 2010,  $33.2  million  will expire in the year 2011,  $40.0
         million will expire in the year 2012,  and $35.6 million will expire in
         the year 2018.  In order to fully  realize the deferred tax asset,  the
         Company will need to generate future taxable income prior to expiration
         of  the  net  operating  loss  carryforwards.   In  1997,  the  Company
         established a valuation allowance of $24.1 million against the deferred
         tax assets.  During 1998, the Company increased its valuation allowance
         by  $20.8  million  resulting  in a net  deferred  tax  asset  of $50.5
         million. Management believes, based upon the Company's history of prior
         operating results, its current circumstances,  and its expectations for
         the future,  that  taxable  income of the Company will more likely than
         not be  sufficient to fully utilize the net deferred tax asset of $50.5
         million recorded for December 31, 1998, prior to expiration. The amount
         of the  deferred tax asset  considered  realizable,  however,  could be
         reduced if estimates of future  taxable income during the net operating
         loss carryforward period are reduced.

10.      CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

         TRANSACTIONS WITH STONINGTON CAPITAL APPRECIATION 1994 FUND, L.P.

                  In  the  first  quarter  of  1999,  the  Company  received  an
         additional   $20.0  million  from  the  sale  of  2,000,000  shares  of
         Convertible PIK Preferred Stock to Stonington.

                  Stonington, together with an affiliate of a limited partner of
         Stonington,  own 99.0% of the outstanding  Common Stock of the Company,
         has the power to determine the composition of the Board of Directors of
         the  Company and  otherwise  control  the  business  and affairs of the
         Company.  Three of the seven  members of the Board of  Directors of the
         Company  are  employees  of an  affiliate  of  Stonington  and serve as
         representatives of Stonington.

                               34
<PAGE>

10.      CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)

         TRANSACTIONS WITH MANAGEMENT

                  In connection with the  Acquisition,  the Company sold 197,000
         shares of Common Stock to certain  members of the Company's  management
         (the "Management  Investors") for $1,970,  the fair value of the Common
         Stock at the date of sale (the  "Management  Placement").  The  Company
         financed  $1,273 of the Management  Placement with  non-recourse  loans
         bearing  interest at a rate equal to the  Adjusted  Eurodollar  Rate in
         effect for the Revolving  Credit  Facility  under the Credit  Agreement
         plus 2.75%.  Interest was due annually  starting in August 1998. Unless
         prepaid, all principal,  accrued and unpaid interest is due and payable
         on August 7,  2005.  The  obligations  under the  management  notes are
         secured  by a pledge  of the  proportionate  number of shares of Common
         Stock pursuant to a Stockholder's Agreement.

                  Under the terms of the Stockholders  Agreement relating to the
         Management Placement,  for a period of five years from August 11, 1995,
         unless the Company has completed an initial public offering, Management
         Investors will not be permitted to sell,  transfer or otherwise dispose
         of their shares of Common Stock, except to (i) a "Permitted Transferee"
         or (ii) to the Company  pursuant  to certain put and call  arrangements
         set forth in the  Stockholders'  Agreement  (the "Puts and  Calls").  A
         "Permitted  Transferee"  includes  certain  beneficiaries,  trusts  and
         family  members.  The Puts and Calls  provide for the sale of shares of
         Common Stock to the Company upon the  termination  of  employment.  The
         purchase  price  for  shares  purchased  pursuant  to the  Stockholders
         Agreement is based upon the original per share  purchase price Adjusted
         Book Value (as defined in the  Stockholders  Agreement),  cost, or Fair
         Market Value (as defined).

                  The  Stockholders  Agreement  provides that in the event that,
         after August 11, 2000,  an initial  public  offering has not  occurred,
         Management  Investors  will be  permitted to sell Common Stock to third
         parties after first giving the Company and other Management Investors a
         right of first refusal for the same number of shares of Common Stock at
         the same price.

11.      COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND CONCENTRATIONS OF RISK

         CONCENTRATIONS OF RISKS

                  A substantial  portion of the  Company's  revenues are derived
         from the sale of products  manufactured at the Company's  manufacturing
         facility  which is located in Melbourne,  Florida.  This  manufacturing
         facility  is subject to the normal  hazards of any such  facility  that
         could  result  in  damage  to the  facility.  Any such  damage  to this
         facility or  prolonged  delay in the  operations  of this  facility for
         repairs or other reason would have a materially  adverse  effect on the
         Company's financial position and results of operations.

         COMMITMENTS

                  The Company leases certain factory and office facilities under
         lease agreements  extending from one to twenty-five  years. In addition
         to factory and office  facilities  leased,  the Company leases computer
         and information  processing  equipment under lease agreements extending
         from three to five years.

                  Future  minimum  lease  payments  for  operating  leases as of
December 31, 1998 are as follows:

                  YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31,
                    1999                                    $     5,421
                    2000                                          4,691
                    2001                                          3,545
                    2002                                          2,672
                    2003                                          2,479
                    Later years                                  24,792
                                                            -----------
                  Total minimum lease payments              $    43,600
                                                            ===========

                               35
<PAGE>

11.      COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND CONCENTRATIONS OF RISK (CONTINUED)

         COMMITMENTS (CONT.)

                  Rental expense under operating  leases was $5,168,  $5,073 and
         $4,952  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  1996,  1997  and   1998,
         respectively.

         CONTINGENCIES

                  On February 14, 1995,  Pitney  Bowes,  Inc.  ("Pitney  Bowes")
         filed a complaint  against  Sudbury  Systems,  Inc.  ("Sudbury") in the
         United States  District Court for the District of Connecticut  alleging
         intentional and wrongful interference with Pitney Bowes's plans to sell
         the Company.  The complaint  seeks  damages and a declaratory  judgment
         relating to the validity of a patent owned by Sudbury  entitled  "Rapid
         Simultaneous  Multiple Access Information Storage and Retrieval System"
         and the alleged infringement thereof by the Company.  Sudbury responded
         by answering the complaint and filing a third-party  complaint  against
         the Company alleging patent  infringement  and seeking  preliminary and
         permanent   injunctive  relief  and  treble  damages.  The  third-party
         complaint  filed by  Sudbury  did not  quantify  the  amount of damages
         sought. The litigation is in the final stage of discovery. A trial date
         is likely to be set in 1999.  Pitney Bowes and the Company have not yet
         received  Sudbury's  revised  damages report nor has Sudbury's  damages
         expert  given  deposition  testimony.  Accordingly,  at this time,  the
         Company cannot make a reasonable estimate of the amount of damages that
         will be sought by Sudbury.

                  Management  believes the Company has  meritorious  defenses to
         the claims against it.  Consequently,  the Company has not provided for
         any loss  exposure in  connection  with this  complaint.  Additionally,
         regardless of the outcome of this  litigation,  Pitney Bowes has agreed
         to defend this action and to indemnify the Company for any  liabilities
         arising from such litigation.

                  The  Company is subject to  federal,  state and local laws and
         regulations  concerning the environment and is currently  participating
         in   administrative   proceedings  as  a  participant  in  a  group  of
         potentially  responsible  parties in  connection  with two third  party
         disposal  sites. As these  proceedings  are at a preliminary  stage, is
         impossible to reasonably  estimate the potential  costs of remediation,
         the timing and extent of  remedial  actions  which may be  required  by
         governmental  authorities,  and the amount of the liability, if any, of
         the  Company  alone or in  relation  to that of any  other  responsible
         parties.  When it is  possible  to make a  reasonable  estimate  of the
         Company's  liability with respect to such a matter, a provision will be
         made as appropriate. Additionally, the Company has settled and paid its
         liability at three other third party disposal  sites. At a fourth site,
         the Company has paid  approximately  $11  thousand for its share of the
         costs of the  first  phase of the  clean up of the site and  management
         believes  that it has no  continuing  material  liability for any later
         phases  of the  cleanup.  Consequently,  management  believes  that its
         future  liability,  if any,  for these four sites is not  material.  In
         addition,  regardless of the outcome of such matters,  Pitney Bowes has
         agreed  to  indemnify   the  Company  in   connection   with   retained
         environmental   liabilities  and  for  breaches  of  the  environmental
         representations and warranties in the Acquisition Agreement, subject to
         certain limitations.

                  The Company is a defendant in a number of additional  lawsuits
         and administrative  proceedings,  none of which will, in the opinion of
         management,   have  a  material   adverse   effect  on  the   Company's
         consolidated financial position or results of operations.

                  The Company does not believe that the ultimate  resolution  of
         the litigation,  administrative  proceedings and environmental  matters
         described above in the aggregate will have a material adverse effect on
         the Company's consolidated financial position or results of operations.

                               36
<PAGE>

12.      SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENT
         INFORMATION

                  Dictaphone   Corporation   has   fully   and   unconditionally
         guaranteed  the repayment of the Notes.  Dictaphone  Non-U.S.  is not a
         guarantor of the Notes.  Separate  financial  statements  of Dictaphone
         U.S. are not presented  because  management  has  determined  that they
         would not be meaningful to investors in the Notes.

                  The following are the supplemental  consolidating statement of
         operations and cash flow  information  for the years ended December 31,
         1996, 1997 and 1998, and the supplemental  consolidating  balance sheet
         information as of December 31, 1997 and 1998.

<TABLE>
                                              DICTAPHONE CORPORATION
                     SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS INFORMATION
                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996

<CAPTION>

                                                       DICTAPHONE      DICTAPHONE       CONSOLIDATING
                                                      CORPORATION       NON-U.S.         ADJUSTMENTS      CONSOLIDATED
                                                      -----------      ----------       -------------     ------------
       Revenue from:
<S>                                                    <C>               <C>              <C>               <C>       
         Product sales and rentals                     $  174,952        $   36,229       $  (12,157)       $  199,024
         Contract manufacturing sales                      40,614               ---              ---            40,614
         Support services                                  81,311            11,519              ---            92,830
                                                       ----------        ----------       ----------        ----------
             Total revenues                               296,877            47,748          (12,157)          332,468
                                                       ----------        ----------       ----------        ----------

       Costs and expenses:
         Cost of sales, rentals and support
          services                                        163,752            29,101          (11,705)          181,148
         Selling and administrative                       126,057            23,160              ---           149,217
         Research and development                          14,135               ---              ---            14,135
         Interest expense - net and other                  40,387             1,158               14            41,559
                                                       ----------        ----------       ----------        ----------
             Total costs and expenses                     344,331            53,419          (11,691)          386,059
                                                       ----------        ----------       ----------        ----------

       Equity (loss) earnings                              (7,024)              ---            7,024               ---
                                                       ----------        ----------       ----------        ----------

       (Loss) income before income taxes                  (54,478)           (5,671)           6,558           (53,591)

       Income tax benefit                                  17,508             1,232              191            18,931
                                                       ----------        ----------       ----------        ----------

       Net (loss) income                               $  (36,970)       $   (4,439)      $    6,749        $  (34,660)
                                                       ==========        ==========       ==========        ==========
</TABLE>

                               37
<PAGE>

12.      SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENT
         INFORMATION  (CONTINUED)


<TABLE>

                                              DICTAPHONE CORPORATION
                     SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS INFORMATION
                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997


<CAPTION>
                                                       DICTAPHONE      DICTAPHONE       CONSOLIDATING
                                                      CORPORATION       NON-U.S.         ADJUSTMENTS      CONSOLIDATED
                                                      -----------      ----------       -------------     ------------
       Revenue from:
<S>                                                    <C>               <C>              <C>               <C>       
         Product sales and rentals                     $  183,200        $   32,356       $  (12,662)       $  202,894
         Contract manufacturing sales                      42,864               ---              ---            42,864
         Support services                                  83,918            10,366              ---            94,284
                                                       ----------        ----------       ----------        ----------
             Total revenues                               309,982            42,722          (12,662)          340,042
                                                       ----------        ----------       ----------        ----------

       Costs and expenses:
         Cost of sales, rentals and support
          services                                        180,501            27,064          (13,133)          194,432
         Selling and administrative                       141,749            13,776              ---           155,525
         Research and development                          14,705               ---              ---            14,705
         Interest expense - net and other                  42,111             2,551              ---            44,662
                                                       ----------        ----------       ----------        ----------
             Total costs and expenses                     379,066            43,391          (13,133)          409,324
                                                       ----------        ----------       ----------        ----------

       Equity (loss) earnings                             (11,382)              ---           11,382               ---
                                                       ----------        ----------       ----------        ----------

       (Loss) income before income taxes                  (80,466)             (669)          11,853           (69,282)

       Income tax benefit (expense)                         1,163                87             (190)            1,060
                                                       ----------        ----------       ----------        ----------

       Net (loss) income                               $  (79,303)       $     (582)      $   11,663        $  (68,222)
                                                       ==========        ==========       ==========        ==========
</TABLE>

                               38
<PAGE>

12.      SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENT
         INFORMATION  (CONTINUED)


<TABLE>
                                              DICTAPHONE CORPORATION
                     SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS INFORMATION
                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998


<CAPTION>
                                                      DICTAPHONE      DICTAPHONE       CONSOLIDATING
                                                      CORPORATION      NON-U.S.         ADJUSTMENTS      CONSOLIDATED
                                                      -----------     ----------       -------------     ------------
       Revenue from:
<S>                                                  <C>               <C>              <C>               <C>       
         Product sales and rentals                   $  189,818        $   17,355       $   (9,843)       $  197,330
         Contract manufacturing sales                    47,063               ---              ---            47,063
         Support services                                80,330             7,595              ---            87,925
                                                     ----------        ----------       ----------        ----------
             Total revenues                             317,211            24,950           (9,843)          332,318
                                                     ----------        ----------       ----------        ----------

       Costs and expenses:
         Cost of sales, rentals and support
          services                                      183,066            16,002          (10,380)          188,688
         Selling and administrative                     126,691            13,174                7           139,872
         Research and development                        17,128               ---              ---            17,128
         Interest expense - net and other                36,482             2,960              ---            39,442
                                                     ----------        ----------       ----------        ----------
             Total costs and expenses                   363,367            32,136          (10,373)          385,130
                                                     ----------        ----------       ----------        ----------

       Equity (loss) earnings                            (4,496)              ---            4,496               ---
                                                     ----------        ----------       ----------        ----------

       (Loss) income before income taxes                (50,652)           (7,186)           5,026           (52,812)

       Income tax (expense) benefit                      (1,405)              732             (205)             (878)
                                                     ----------        ----------       ----------        ----------

       Net (loss) income                             $  (52,057)       $   (6,454)      $    4,821        $  (53,690)
                                                     ==========        ==========       ==========        ==========

</TABLE>

                               39
<PAGE>

12.      SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENT
         INFORMATION  (CONTINUED)


<TABLE>
                                              DICTAPHONE CORPORATION
                          SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION
                                                 DECEMBER 31, 1997


<CAPTION>
                                                      DICTAPHONE      DICTAPHONE       CONSOLIDATING
                                                      CORPORATION      NON-U.S.         ADJUSTMENTS      CONSOLIDATED
                                                      -----------     ----------       -------------     ------------
       ASSETS
       Current assets:
<S>                                                  <C>              <C>               <C>               <C>       
         Cash and cash equivalents                   $    8,276       $    2,001        $      ---        $   10,277
         Accounts receivable, less allowances            64,884            8,699            (1,644)           71,939
         Inventories                                     45,962            3,645              (828)           48,779
         Other current assets                             7,869            3,806               ---            11,675
                                                     ----------       ----------        ----------        ----------
           Total current assets                         126,991           18,151            (2,472)          142,670

       Investments in subsidiaries                       34,170              ---           (34,170)              ---
       Property, plant and equipment, net                32,041            3,290               ---            35,331
       Deferred financing costs                          10,900              ---               ---            10,900
       Intangibles, net                                 214,070           15,252               ---           229,322
       Other assets                                      49,131            2,365               323            51,819
                                                     ----------       ----------        ----------        ----------
       Total assets                                  $  467,303       $   39,058        $  (36,319)       $  470,042
                                                     ==========       ==========        ===========       ==========

       LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS'
       EQUITY
       Current liabilities:
         Accounts payable, interest payable
          and accrued liabilities                    $   48,649       $    6,602        $   (1,794)       $   53,457
         Advance billings                                34,252            2,932               ---            37,184
         Current portion of long-term debt                  628              167               ---               795
                                                     ----------       ----------        ----------        ----------
           Total current liabilities                     83,529            9,701            (1,794)           91,436
       Long-term debt                                   342,372           17,935           (17,491)          342,816
       Other liabilities                                 10,477               52               ---            10,529
       Stockholders' equity (deficit)                    30,925           11,370           (17,034)           25,261
                                                     ----------       ----------        ----------        ----------
       Total liabilities and stockholders' equity    $  467,303       $   39,058        $  (36,319)       $  470,042
                                                     ==========       ==========        ==========        ==========
</TABLE>

                               40
<PAGE>

12.      SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENT
         INFORMATION  (CONTINUED)


<TABLE>
                                              DICTAPHONE CORPORATION
                          SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION
                                                 DECEMBER 31, 1998


<CAPTION>
                                                      DICTAPHONE      DICTAPHONE       CONSOLIDATING
                                                      CORPORATION      NON-U.S.         ADJUSTMENTS      CONSOLIDATED
                                                      -----------     ----------       -------------     ------------
       ASSETS
       Current assets:
<S>                                                  <C>              <C>               <C>               <C>       
         Cash and cash equivalents                   $   10,114       $    1,613        $      ---        $   11,727
         Accounts receivable, less allowances            75,447            6,782            (4,797)           77,432
         Inventories                                     50,666            2,987              (291)           53,362
         Other current assets                             4,062            3,079               118             7,259
                                                     ----------       ----------        ----------        ----------
           Total current assets                         140,289           14,461            (4,970)          149,780

       Investments in subsidiaries                       28,520              ---           (28,520)              ---
       Property, plant and equipment, net                29,320            3,105               ---            32,425
       Deferred financing costs                           9,920              ---               ---             9,920
       Intangibles, net                                 192,492           13,630               ---           206,122
       Other assets                                      52,028            4,052               ---            56,080
                                                     ----------       ----------        ----------        ----------
       Total assets                                  $  452,569       $   35,248        $  (33,490)       $  454,327
                                                     ==========       ==========        ===========       ==========

       LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS'
       EQUITY
       Current liabilities:
         Accounts payable, interest payable
          and accrued liabilities                    $   53,100       $   11,111        $   (5,581)       $   58,630
         Advance billings                                37,294            2,292               ---            39,586
         Current portion of long-term debt                  628              167               ---               795
                                                     ----------       ----------        ----------        ----------
           Total current liabilities                     91,022           13,570            (5,581)           99,011
       Long-term debt                                   369,445           17,783           (17,491)          369,737
       Other liabilities                                 13,324              817               ---            14,141
       Stockholders' equity (deficit)                   (21,222)           3,078           (10,418)          (28,562)
                                                     ----------       ----------        ----------        ----------
       Total liabilities and stockholders' equity    $  452,569       $   35,248        $  (33,490)       $  454,327
                                                     ==========       ==========        ==========        ==========
</TABLE>

                               41
<PAGE>

12.      SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENT
         INFORMATION  (CONTINUED)


<TABLE>
                                              DICTAPHONE CORPORATION
                     SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS INFORMATION
                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996

<CAPTION>

                                                        DICTAPHONE       DICTAPHONE      CONSOLIDATING
                                                        CORPORATION       NON-U.S.        ADJUSTMENTS     CONSOLIDATED
                                                        -----------      ----------      --------------   ------------
       Operating activities:
<S>                                                    <C>               <C>              <C>               <C>        
         Net loss                                      $  (32,696)       $   (4,439)      $    2,475        $  (34,660)
         Adjustments to reconcile net
           loss to net cash provided by (used in)
           operating activities:
           Depreciation and amortization                   66,889             4,246              ---            71,135
           Provision for deferred income taxes            (17,633)           (1,052)            (191)          (18,876)
           Change in assets and liabilities:
             Accounts receivable                            1,053               167            2,100             3,320
             Inventories                                    2,346             1,021              466             3,833
             Other current assets                            (244)             (204)             (65)             (513)
             Accounts payable and
               accrued liabilities                         (4,537)              900           (2,035)           (5,672)
             Advance billings                                 715              (548)             ---               167
             Other assets and other                        (8,228)           (1,438)          (2,750)          (12,416)
                                                       ----------        ----------       ----------        ----------
       Net cash provided by (used in)
         operating activities                               7,665            (1,347)             ---             6,318
                                                       ----------        ----------       ----------        ----------

       Investing activities:
         Payment for acquisition                           (8,000)              ---              ---            (8,000)
         Net investment in fixed assets                    (5,007)           (1,218)             ---            (6,225)
                                                       ----------        ----------       ----------        ----------
       Net cash used for investing activities             (13,007)           (1,218)             ---           (14,225)
                                                       ----------        ----------       ----------        ----------

       Financing activities:
         Repayment under term loan facility                (7,750)              ---              ---            (7,750)
         Borrowing from promissory notes                     (147)              147              ---               ---
         Borrowing under revolving credit
           facility                                        32,000               ---              ---            32,000
         Repayment under revolving credit
           facility                                       (23,000)              ---              ---           (23,000)
         Other                                               (783)            1,079              ---               296
                                                       -----------       ----------       ----------        ----------
       Net cash provided by financing activities              320             1,226              ---             1,546
                                                       ----------        ----------       ----------        ----------

       Effect of exchange rate changes on cash                ---                 9              ---                 9
                                                       ----------        ----------       ----------        ----------

       Decrease in cash                                    (5,022)           (1,330)             ---            (6,352)

       Cash and cash equivalents,
        beginning of period                                11,591             2,688              ---            14,279
                                                       ----------        ----------       ----------        ----------

       Cash and cash equivalents,
        end of period                                  $    6,569        $    1,358       $      ---        $    7,927
                                                       ==========        ==========       ==========        ==========
</TABLE>

                               42
<PAGE>

12.      SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENT
         INFORMATION  (CONTINUED)
<TABLE>
                                              DICTAPHONE CORPORATION
                          SUPPLEMENTAL CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS INFORMATION
                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997


<CAPTION>
                                                        DICTAPHONE       DICTAPHONE      CONSOLIDATING
                                                        CORPORATION       NON-U.S.        ADJUSTMENTS     CONSOLIDATED
                                                        -----------      ----------      -------------    ------------
       Operating activities:
<S>                                                    <C>               <C>              <C>               <C>        
         Net loss                                      $  (66,646)       $     (582)      $     (994)       $  (68,222)
         Adjustments to reconcile net
           loss to net cash provided by (used in)
           operating activities:
           Depreciation and amortization                   65,115             3,400              ---            68,515
           Provision for deferred income taxes             (1,334)             (623)             190            (1,767)
           Non-recurring charge for digital
            product obsolescence                           13,426             1,476              ---            14,902
           Change in assets and liabilities:
              Accounts receivable                         (14,811)           (1,165)          (2,893)          (18,869)
              Inventories                                  (8,442)            4,385             (471)           (4,528)
              Other current assets                         (1,907)               31              ---            (1,876)
              Accounts payable and
                accrued liabilities                         6,821            (3,815)           2,890             5,896
              Advance billings                              3,006              (504)             ---             2,502
              Other assets and other                      (12,323)              169            1,158           (10,996)
                                                       ----------        ----------       ----------        ----------
       Net cash (used in) provided by
         operating activities                             (17,095)            2,772             (120)          (14,443)
                                                       -----------       ----------       -----------       ----------

       Investing activities:
         Net investment in fixed assets                    (4,962)             (937)             ---            (5,899)
                                                       ----------        ----------       ----------        ----------
       Net cash used for investing activities              (4,962)             (937)             ---            (5,899)
                                                       ----------        ----------       ----------        ----------

       Financing activities:
         Borrowing under term loan facility                62,750               ---              ---            62,750
         Repayment under term loan facility               (71,000)              ---              ---           (71,000)
         Proceeds from sale of common stock                35,000               ---              ---            35,000
         Borrowing under revolving credit
           facility                                        88,600               ---              ---            88,600
         Repayment under revolving credit
           facility                                       (88,600)              ---              ---           (88,600)
         Other                                             (2,986)           (1,103)             120            (3,969)
                                                       -----------       ----------       ----------        ----------
       Net cash provided by (used in) financing
         activities                                        23,764            (1,103)             120            22,781
                                                       ----------        ----------       ----------        ----------

       Effect of exchange rate changes on cash                ---               (89)             ---               (89)
                                                       ----------        ----------       ----------        ----------

       Increase in cash                                     1,707               643              ---             2,350

       Cash and cash equivalents,
        beginning of period                                 6,569             1,358              ---             7,927
                                                       ----------        ----------       ----------        ----------

       Cash and cash equivalents,
          end of period                                $    8,276        $    2,001       $      ---        $   10,277
                                                       ==========        ==========       ==========        ==========
</TABLE>

                               43
<PAGE>

12.      SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENT
         INFORMATION  (CONTINUED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              DICTAPHONE CORPORATION
                          SUPPLEMENTAL CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS INFORMATION
                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998


                                                        DICTAPHONE       DICTAPHONE      CONSOLIDATING
                                                        CORPORATION       NON-U.S.        ADJUSTMENTS     CONSOLIDATED
                                                        -----------      ----------      -------------    ------------
<S>                                                    <C>               <C>              <C>              <C>         
       Operating activities:
         Net loss                                      $  (52,057)       $   (6,461)      $    4,828        $  (53,690)
         Adjustments to reconcile net
           loss to net cash provided by (used in)
           operating activities:
           Depreciation and amortization                   36,987             2,908              ---            39,895
           Provision for deferred income taxes              1,150            (1,377)             ---              (227)
           Non-recurring charge for product
            obsolescence                                    4,999               ---              ---             4,999
           Change in assets and liabilities:
              Accounts receivable                         (10,563)            1,661            3,153            (5,749)
              Inventories                                  (9,703)              505             (537)           (9,735)
              Other current assets                          3,807               678              205             4,690
              Accounts payable and
                accrued liabilities                         3,978             4,731           (3,787)            4,922
              Advance billings                              3,042              (519)             ---             2,523
              Other assets and other                      (10,488)               87           (5,650)          (16,051)
                                                       ----------        ----------       ----------        ----------
       Net cash (used in) provided by
         operating activities                             (28,848)            2,213           (1,788)          (28,423)
                                                       -----------       ----------       -----------       ----------

       Investing activities:
         Net investment in fixed assets                    (8,224)             (627)             ---            (8,851)
         Proceeds from sale of building                    14,000               ---              ---            14,000
                                                       ----------        ----------       ----------        ----------
       Net cash provided by (used in) investing
        activities                                          5,776              (627)             ---             5,149
                                                       ----------        ----------       ----------        ----------

       Financing activities:
         Repayment under term loan facility                (2,427)              ---              ---            (2,427)
         Borrowing under revolving credit
           facility                                        79,000               ---              ---            79,000
         Repayment under revolving credit
           facility                                       (49,500)              ---              ---           (49,500)
         Other                                             (2,163)           (1,940)           1,788            (2,315)
                                                       -----------       ----------       ----------        ----------
       Net cash provided by (used in) financing
        activities                                         24,910            (1,940)           1,788            24,758
                                                       ----------        ----------       ----------        ----------

       Effect of exchange rate changes on cash                ---               (34)             ---               (34)
                                                       ----------        ----------       ----------        ----------

       Increase/(decrease) in cash                          1,838              (388)             ---             1,450

       Cash and cash equivalents,
        beginning of period                                 8,276             2,001              ---            10,277
                                                       ----------        ----------       ----------        ----------

       Cash and cash equivalents,
        end of period                                  $   10,114        $    1,613       $      ---        $   11,727
                                                       ==========        ==========       ==========        ==========
</TABLE>

                               44
<PAGE>

13.    DISCLOSURES ABOUT SEGMENTS OF AN ENTERPRISE AND RELATED
       INFORMATION

                Dictaphone  has two  reportable  segments:  System  Products and
       Services,  and Contract  Manufacturing.  The System Products and Services
       segment  consists of the sale and service of  system-related  products to
       dictation  and  voice  management  and  communications  recording  system
       customers  in  selected  vertical  markets.  The  Contract  Manufacturing
       segment  consists of the  manufacturing  operations of  Dictaphone  which
       provides outside electronics manufacturing services to original equipment
       manufacturers in the  telecommunications,  data management,  computer and
       electronics industries.

                The  accounting  policies of the  segments are the same as those
       described in the summary of significant  accounting policies.  Dictaphone
       evaluates  performance  based on profit or loss  from  operations  before
       income  taxes,  including  nonrecurring  gains  and  losses  and  foreign
       exchange gains and losses.

<TABLE>
                                              DICTAPHONE CORPORATION
                                              SEGMENT PROFIT AND LOSS

<CAPTION>
                                                                     SYSTEM
                                                                   PRODUCTS &        CONTRACT
                                                                    SERVICES       MANUFACTURING         TOTAL
                                                                   ----------      -------------         -----
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>               <C>              <C>       
       Revenue from external customers              1998          $  285,255        $   47,063       $  332,318
                                                    1997             297,178            42,864          340,042
                                                    1996             291,854            40,614          332,468

       Intersegment revenues                        1998                 ---            54,411           54,411
                                                    1997                 ---            55,919           55,919
                                                    1996                 ---            53,531           53,531

       Interest expense, net                        1998              39,442               ---           39,442
                                                    1997              44,662                --           44,662
                                                    1996              41,559               ---           41,559

       Depreciation and amortization                1998              38,240             1,655           39,895
                                                    1997              66,534             1,981           68,515
                                                    1996              67,004             4,131           71,135

       Segment profit                               1998             (57,424)            4,612          (52,812)
                                                    1997             (76,036)            6,754          (69,282)
                                                    1996             (56,116)            2,525          (53,591)

       Segment assets                               1998             444,979            43,805          488,784
                                                    1997             459,607            51,050          510,657
                                                    1996             499,274            43,957          543,231

       Expenditures for segment assets              1998              (8,503)             (348)          (8,851)
                                                    1997              (5,754)             (145)          (5,899)
                                                    1996              (6,025)             (200)          (6,225)

</TABLE>

                               45
<PAGE>

13.    DISCLOSURES ABOUT SEGMENTS ON AN ENTERPRISE AND RELATED
       INFORMATION (CONTINUED)


<TABLE>
       GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      LONG-LIVED
                                                                     REVENUES          ASSETS
                                                                     --------         ----------
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>               <C>       
       United States                                1998          $  293,321        $  312,280
                                                    1997             288,906           340,312
                                                    1996             280,447           385,920

       Canada                                       1998              11,641             5,320
                                                    1997              16,659             5,439
                                                    1996              14,439             6,444

       Europe                                       1998              19,492            15,467
                                                    1997              25,156            15,468
                                                    1996              30,982            16,669

       Latin America                                1998               3,625               ---
                                                    1997               3,674               ---
                                                    1996               1,890               ---

       Far East                                     1998               4,239               ---
                                                    1997               5,647               ---
                                                    1996               4,710               ---

       Adjustments                                  1998                 ---           (28,520)
                                                    1997                 ---           (33,847)
                                                    1996                 ---           (32,499)

           TOTAL                                    1998             332,318           304,547
                                                    1997             340,042           327,372
                                                    1996             332,468           376,534


       REVENUE RECONCILIATION
       Total revenue for reportable segments                         1998           $  386,729
                                                                     1997              395,961
                                                                     1996              385,999

       Elimination of intersegment revenues                          1998              (54,411)
                                                                     1997              (55,919)
                                                                     1996              (53,531)

         TOTAL CONSOLIDATED REVENUES                                 1998              332,318
                                                                     1997              340,042
                                                                     1996              332,468
</TABLE>
                               46
<PAGE>

13.    DISCLOSURES ABOUT SEGMENTS ON AN ENTERPRISE AND RELATED
       INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       ASSET RECONCILIATION
<S>                                                                  <C>            <C>       
       Total assets for reportable segments                          1998           $  488,784
                                                                     1997              510,657
                                                                     1996              543,231

       Adjustments                                                   1998              (34,457)
                                                                     1997              (40,615)
                                                                     1996              (38,396)

         CONSOLIDATED TOTAL                                          1998              454,327
                                                                     1997              470,042
                                                                     1996           $  504,835
</TABLE>

14.      PENSION AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS

                  Effective with the Acquisition on August 11, 1995, the Company
         established  a  defined  benefit  pension  plan  for  all  active  U.S.
         employees.  Responsibility  for retired U.S.  employees was retained by
         Pitney Bowes.  Certain  employees in other  countries are covered under
         contributory  and  non-contributory  defined benefit pension plans. The
         Dictaphone  Plan  ("Dictaphone  Plan")  provides for benefits  based on
         employees' compensation and years of service. Company contributions are
         determined based on the funding requirements of the Employee Retirement
         Income   Security  Act  of  1974  and  other   governmental   laws  and
         regulations.

                  The Company  sponsors a defined  contribution  plan (401K) for
         domestic  employees.  In 1998,  the  Company  matched  50% of  employee
         contributions  up to 4% of  eligible  compensation,  subject to certain
         limitations. Total Company contributions were $345, $840 and $1,181 for
         the years ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively.

                  The Company  provides certain  postretirement  health care and
         life insurance  benefits for qualifying  employees in the United States
         and Canada.  Substantially  all of these  employees may become eligible
         for coverage.  Most  retirees  outside the United States and Canada are
         covered by government sponsored and administered programs.

                  The following  table sets forth the amounts  recognized in the
         Company's  balance  sheet  at  December 31, 1997 and 1998  for  Company
         sponsored  defined  benefit  pension plans and  postretirement  benefit
         plans.

                               47
<PAGE>

14.      PENSION AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS (CONTINUED)
<TABLE>

<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        POSTRETIREMENT
                                                                        PENSION BENEFITS                   BENEFITS
                                                                   ---------------------         ------------------------
                                                                   1997             1998         1997            1998
   RECONCILIATION OF PROJECTED BENEFIT OBLIGATION
<S>                                                               <C>             <C>           <C>            <C>       
     Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year            $   44,129      $   50,182    $    9,550     $   10,946
       Service cost                                                    2,185           2,393           630            668
       Interest cost                                                   3,197           3,499           685            353
       Benefits paid                                                  (1,400)         (1,778)         (226)          (289)
       Actuarial (gain) or loss                                        2,354           3,683           347         (5,621)
       Foreign exchange                                                 (283)            (10)          ---            ---
                                                                  ----------      ----------    ----------     ----------
     Projected benefit obligation at end of year                      50,182          57,969        10,986          6,057
                                                                  ----------      ----------    ----------     ----------

   RECONCILIATION OF ASSETS
     Assets at beginning of year                                      44,558          51,954           ---            ---
       Actual return on plan assets                                    8,409           7,632           ---            ---
       Employer contributions                                            279             372           226            289
       Benefits paid                                                  (1,400)         (1,778)          ---            ---
       Foreign exchange                                                  108            (405)         (226)          (289)
                                                                  ----------      ----------    ----------     ----------
     Fair value of plan assets at end of year                         51,954          57,775           ---            ---
                                                                  ----------      ----------    ----------     ----------

   ACTUARIAL PRESENT VALUE OF BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS
   Vested benefit obligation                                          38,449          45,652           ---            ---
   Accumulated benefit obligation                                     42,480          49,525        10,986          6,057
   Projected benefit obligation                                       50,182          57,969           ---            ---
   Plan assets at fair value                                          51,954          57,775           ---            ---
   Projected benefit obligation (in excess of) or less than
    plan assets                                                        1,772            (194)      (10,986)        (6,057)
   Unrecognized net (gain) or loss                                    (5,004)         (4,072)        1,264         (3,692)
   Prior service cost not yet recognized in net periodic
    benefit cost                                                         ---             ---           ---            ---
   Unrecognized net obligation (asset) existing at year end             (989)           (769)          ---            ---
                                                                   ---------        --------    ----------     ----------
   Prepaid benefit cost (liability) recognized in the
    statement of financial position                                   (4,221)         (5,035)       (9,722)        (9,749)
                                                                   ---------        --------    ----------     ----------
   Net periodic benefit cost included in the following components:
   Service cost - benefits earned during the year                      2,185           2,393           630            668
   Interest on projected benefit obligation                            3,197           3,499           685            353
   Expected return on assets                                          (4,138)         (4,682)          ---            ---
   Amortization of transitional assets at beginning of year             (205)           (204)          ---            ---
   Amortization of prior service cost at beginning of year               ---             ---           ---            ---
   Amortization of (gain)/loss at beginning of year                     (126)            (80)           (3)          (656)
                                                                   ---------        --------    ----------     ----------

   Net periodic benefit cost                                       $     913        $    926    $    1,312     $      365
                                                                   ---------        --------    ----------     ----------

   Discount rate for net periodic benefit cost                         7.50%           6.78%         7.50%          7.00%
   Discount rate for disclosure information                            7.07%           6.73%         7.00%          6.75%
   Salary increase assumption                                          4.97%           4.56%         4.75%          4.75%
   Long term rate of return on assets                                  9.35%           8.87%           ---            ---
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  1 PERCENTAGE        1 PERCENTAGE
                                                                                  POINT INCREASE      POINT INCREASE
                                                                                  --------------      --------------
<S>                                                                  <C>              <C>             <C>       
   Effect on total of service and interest cost components           --  1998         $   61          $     (54)
                                                                     --  1997            167                N/A
   Effect on postretirement benefit obligation                       --  1998            252               (244)
                                                                     --  1997          1,177                N/A
</TABLE>

                               48
<PAGE>

SCHEDULE II

<TABLE>

                                              DICTAPHONE CORPORATION

                                  SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS


<CAPTION>

                                                   BALANCE AT        CHARGED TO                      BALANCE
                                                    BEGINNING        COSTS AND                      AT END OF
            DESCRIPTION                             OF PERIOD         EXPENSES      DEDUCTIONS       PERIOD
            -----------                            ----------        ----------     ----------      ----------
<S>                                                 <C>              <C>             <C>             <C>      
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
- ----------------------------
Allowance for doubtful accounts                     $    810         $   1,872       $  1,714        $     968

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
- ----------------------------
Allowance for doubtful accounts                        1,339                72            601              810

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
- ----------------------------
Allowance for doubtful accounts                        1,462             1,599          1,722            1,339

</TABLE>

                               49
<PAGE>

ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
                ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

         None.


                                    PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

       The following  table sets forth certain  information  with respect to the
persons who are members of the Board of Directors or were executive  officers of
the Company as of March 15, 1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                              AGE    POSITION
- ----                              ---    --------

<S>                               <C>    <C>                                               
John H. Duerden ...............   58     Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President
Joseph D. Skrzypczak...........   43     Chief Operating Officer and Director
Albert J. Fitzgibbons, III.....   53     Director
Emil F. Jachmann...............   52     Director
Alexis P. Michas...............   41     Director
Scott M. Shaw   ...............   36     Director
Peter P. Tong   ...............   57     Director
Joseph Delaney  ...............   53     Senior Vice President, Customer Support
Ronald A. Elwell...............   38     Senior Vice President and General Manager, Communications
                                         Recording Systems and International Operations
Daniel P. Hart  ...............   40     Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Thomas C. Hodge ...............   53     Senior Vice President, Manufacturing and Logistics
Robert G. Schwager.............   45     Senior Vice President and General Manager, Voice Systems
</TABLE>

       The business  experience of each of the directors and executive  officers
during the past five years is as follows:

       JOHN H.  DUERDEN  has served as  Chairman,  Chief  Executive  Officer and
President  of the  Company  since  August  1995.  Mr.  Duerden  served  as Joint
President and Chief  Operations  Officer of the Reebok Brands division of Reebok
International Limited, with responsibility for global sales, finance, operations
and  production  from October 1994 to February 1995. He was a Director of Reebok
International  Limited  from  June  1991  until  April  1995.  Mr.  Duerden  was
previously  President of Worldwide  Operations for Reebok,  from January 1994 to
September  1994  and,  before  that,   President  of  the  Reebok  International
Operations  group of the Reebok Brands  division from October 1992 until January
1994.  Prior to that, Mr. Duerden was President and Chief  Executive  Officer of
the Reebok Brands division from February 1990 to September 1992 and President of
Reebok  International  Operations  from October 1988 to February 1990.  Prior to
joining Reebok,  Mr. Duerden was employed by Xerox Corporation for 20 years in a
variety of corporate and international  management positions.  In February 1997,
Mr. Duerden became a limited partner of Stonington Partners,  L.P. ("SPLP"). Mr.
Duerden is a director of Sunglass Hut International, Inc. and is on the Board of
Advisors of Outward Bound U.S.A.

                               50
<PAGE>

       JOSEPH D.  SKRZYPCZAK  has been a Director  of the Company  since  August
1995. Mr.  Skrzypczak has served as Chief Operating  Officer and Chief Financial
Officer since October 1998. Prior to being elected Chief Operating Officer,  Mr.
Skrzypczak  served as Senior Vice  President  and Chief  Financial  Officer from
October 1997 to October 1998 and served as Vice  President  and Chief  Financial
Officer from May 1994 to October 1997.  While serving in such capacity  prior to
the Acquisition,  Mr. Skrzypczak's  responsibilities covered Pitney Bowes Office
Systems,  which included the Company,  Copier Systems, and Facsimile Systems, in
which capacity he was directly  responsible for all financial and administrative
activities  of the Company.  In May 1989,  Mr.  Skrzypczak  was  appointed  Vice
President,  Finance,  Facsimile  Systems,  from which time his role  expanded to
include  finance  responsibilities  for  Copier  Systems  and  Dictaphone.   Mr.
Skrzypczak  joined Pitney Bowes in 1981 and held various  management  positions.
Prior to joining Pitney Bowes, Mr. Skrzypczak worked for Price Waterhouse. He is
a certified public accountant.

       ALBERT J. FITZGIBBONS,  III has served as a Director of the Company since
August 1995. Mr. Fitzgibbons is a Partner and a Director of Stonington Partners,
Inc.  ("Stonington  Partners"),  a  position  that he has held  since 1993 and a
Partner and a Director of  Stonington  Partners,  Inc. II  ("Stonington  II"), a
position he has held since  1994.  Mr.  Fitzgibbons  has also been a Director of
Merrill  Lynch  Capital  Partners,  Inc.  ("MLCP"),  a private  investment  firm
associated  with Merrill Lynch & Co.,  since 1988. He was a Partner of MLCP from
1993 to 1994 and  Executive  Vice  President  of MLCP  from  1988 to  1993.  Mr.
Fitzgibbons was also a Managing  Director of the Investment  Banking Division of
Merrill Lynch & Co. from 1978 to July 1994.  Mr.  Fitzgibbons is also a Director
of Borg-Warner  Security  Corporation,  Merisel,  Inc.,  United Artists  Theater
Circuit, Inc. and U.S. Foodservice.

       EMIL F.  JACHMANN  has served as a Director of the Company  since  August
1995.  Mr.  Jachmann is President  and Chief  Executive  Officer of Zen Research
Inc., which develops and markets high performance optical disc drive technology,
primarily  advanced  detection optics and chip sets. He has held these positions
since January 1995. Mr.  Jachmann was President of EFJ Associates from June 1994
to  January  1995.  From June 1991  until June  1994,  he was  President  of the
Shipping and Weighing  Systems  Division of Pitney Bowes.  Mr. Jachmann was also
President of Dictaphone Canada Ltd. from June 1990 to June 1991. Mr. Jachmann is
a Director of several privately held companies.

       ALEXIS P. MICHAS has served as Director of the Company since August 1995.
Mr.  Michas is the Managing  Partner and a Director of  Stonington  Partners,  a
position that he has held since 1993.  Mr.  Michas is also the Managing  Partner
and a Director of Stonington  II, a position he has held since 1994.  Mr. Michas
has also been a Director of MLCP since 1989,  he was a Partner of MLCP from 1993
to 1994 and Senior Vice President of MLCP from 1989 to 1993. Mr. Michas was also
a Managing  Director of the Investment  Banking  Division of Merrill Lynch & Co.
from 1991 to July 1994 and a Director  in the  Investment  Banking  Division  of
Merrill  Lynch & Co.  from 1990 to 1991.  Mr.  Michas is also a Director of Blue
Bird   Corporation,   Borg-Warner   Automotive,   Inc.,   Borg-Warner   Security
Corporation, Goss Graphics Systems, Inc., Packard BioScience Company and several
privately held companies.

       SCOTT M. SHAW has served as a Director of the Company  since August 1995.
Mr. Shaw is a Partner of Stonington  Partners, a position that he has held since
February 1999. Prior to being elected Partner,  Mr. Shaw had been a Principal of
Stonington  Partners  since 1993. Mr. Shaw was an Associate of MLCP from 1991 to
July 1994 and an  Analyst  of MLCP from 1986 to 1989.  Mr.  Shaw was also a Vice
President of the Investment Banking Division of Merrill Lynch & Co. from January
to July 1994, an Associate of the Investment Banking Division of Merrill Lynch &
Co.  from 1991 to 1994,  and an Analyst of the  Investment  Banking  Division of
Merrill  Lynch & Co.  from 1986 to 1989.  Mr.  Shaw is also a  Director  of Goss
Graphic Systems, Inc., United Artists Theater Circuit, Inc. and a privately held
company.

       PETER P. TONG has  served as a Director  of the  Company  since  February
1997. Mr. Tong is President of Mandarin Partners LLC, an investment partnership.
Mr. Tong was a private  investor  from 1996 to 1997.  From  January  1996 to May
1996,  Mr. Tong served as the  Co-President  of Marquette  Electronics,  Inc., a
manufacturer  of medical  equipment.  From 1991 to 1996, he served as President,
Chairman  and Chief  Executive  Officer of E for M  Corporation.  Mr.  Tong is a
Director of Packard BioScience Company and is also on the Boards of Directors of
several privately held companies.

                               51
<PAGE>

       JOSEPH  DELANEY has served as Senior  Vice  President,  Customer  Support
since October 1998.  From October 1997 to October 1998,  Mr.  Delaney  served as
Senior Vice President, Customer Service Operations and from June 1997 to October
1997 served as Vice President, Customer Service Operations. From January to June
1997,  Mr.  Delaney  served  as  acting  Vice  President  of  Customer   Service
Operations.  Mr.  Delaney  joined  Dictaphone  Corporation in December 1968 as a
service representative in Detroit, Michigan. Since that time he has held various
positions of  responsibility  with  Dictaphone.  Mr.  Delaney served as District
Service  Manager in Detroit,  Michigan from June 1976 to October 1990 and served
as Regional  Service  Director,  Southern  Region from  November 1990 to January
1997.

       RONALD A. ELWELL has served as Senior Vice President and General Manager,
Communications  Recording  Systems and  International  Operations  since October
1998.  From  October  1997 to October  1998,  Mr.  Elwell  served as Senior Vice
President and General Manager, Communications Recording Systems, and from August
1997 to October  1997 as Vice  President  and  General  Manager,  Communications
Recording Systems.  From April 1996 to August 1997, he served as Vice President,
Marketing and Product  Development for the Company and served as Vice President,
Product  Development  and  Engineering for Dictaphone from January 1996 to April
1996. Mr. Elwell joined Dictaphone Corporation in December 1983. Since that time
he has held various  positions of  responsibility  with  Dictaphone.  Mr. Elwell
served as District  Manager in  Harrisburg,  Pennsylvania  from 1988 to 1992 and
served as General Manager of Dictaphone  Canada from 1992 to November 1995. From
November  1995  to  January  1996,  he was a  Vice  President  in the  Company's
Marketing department.

       DANIEL P. HART has served as Senior Vice President and General Counsel of
the Company since October 1997 and Vice President, General Counsel from November
1995 to October  1997.  Mr. Hart is also  responsible  for the  Company's  human
resources department and business development activities. Mr. Hart has served as
Secretary of the Company since November 1995. From 1993 to 1994, Mr. Hart served
as General  Counsel of Brooke Group Ltd. and certain of its  affiliates and from
1988 to 1993 served as Associate General Counsel of such companies. Mr. Hart was
a consultant and private investor from 1994 to 1995.

       THOMAS C. HODGE has served as Senior Vice  President,  Manufacturing  and
Logistics  since October 1997.  From June 1989 to October 1997, Mr. Hodge served
as Vice  President,  Operations  Manufacturing  for the  Company's  facility  in
Melbourne,  Florida.  Prior to June  1989,  Mr.  Hodge  held  various  positions
throughout the manufacturing  facility.  Mr. Hodge joined Dictaphone Corporation
in October 1978 as the Production Control Manager.

       ROBERT G.  SCHWAGER  has  served as Senior  Vice  President  and  General
Manager,  Voice Systems since October 1998. Mr.  Schwager  served as Senior Vice
President and General  Manager,  Integrated  Health Systems from October 1997 to
October 1998, and from August 1997 to October 1997 as Vice President and General
Manager,  Integrated  Health  Systems.  From October  1995 to August  1997,  Mr.
Schwager served as Vice President,  Sales Operations,  North America, and served
as Vice President, Sales for Communications Recording Systems from February 1994
to October 1995. Mr. Schwager joined  Dictaphone  Corporation in 1978 as a Sales
Representative in the Milwaukee  District Office. He progressed  through various
sales management  positions to that of Regional Sales Vice President in 1988. In
1989,  Mr.  Schwager  joined  the  Company's  headquarters  staff  as  the  Vice
President,  Marketing.  Mr.  Schwager  was also  responsible  for the  Company's
international operations from September 1992 to March 1996.

                               52
<PAGE>

       Messrs.  Fitzgibbons,  Michas  and Shaw  serve as  members  of the  Audit
Committee and the Compensation Committee (the "Compensation Committee"). Each of
Messrs.  Fitzgibbons,  Michas and Shaw is an employee of Stonington Partners and
serves  on  the  Board  of  Directors  of the  Company  as a  representative  of
Stonington.

       The Company's  directors are elected to serve until their successors have
been elected and  qualified.  Other than Mr.  Jachmann and Mr. Tong who earned a
$25,000  fee in 1998,  no member of the Board  received  any annual  retainer or
meeting  fees.  All  members  of the  Board  of  Directors  are  reimbursed  for
out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred in connection  with meeting  attendance.  Each
officer of the Company serves at the pleasure of the Board of Directors, subject
the terms of any existing employment agreement.

       There are no family relationships among any of the directors or executive
officers of the Company.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

       The following table sets forth  information  concerning  compensation for
services  in all  capacities  awarded  to,  earned by or paid to each person who
served as the Company's  President and Chief  Executive  Officer during 1998 and
the four other most highly compensated executive officers of the Company,  whose
aggregate cash and cash equivalent  compensation  exceeded  $100,000 (the "named
executives") during 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

                                       ANNUAL COMPENSATION                      LONG-TERM COMPENSATION
                               ----------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------
                                                                           AWARDS         PAYOUTS
                                                                           ------         -------
                                                              OTHER       SECURITIES    LONG-TERM
    NAME AND                                                 ANNUAL      UNDERLYING   INCENTIVE PLAN     ALL OTHER
PRINCIPAL POSITION       YEAR  SALARY ($)  BONUS ($)  COMPENSATION(1)($) OPTIONS (#)    PAYOUTS ($)   COMPENSATION ($)
- ------------------       ----  ----------  ---------  ------------------ -----------  --------------  ----------------

<S>                      <C>  <C>          <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>            <C>        
John H. Duerden          1998 $1,033,269   $497,500        $199,844            ---          ---           $285,893(3)
 Chairman, President     1997    985,981    497,500          95,713        325,000          ---            172,540
 and Chief Executive     1996    660,000    660,000         108,407            ---          ---            142,024
 Officer

Joseph D. Skrzypczak,    1998    298,269    395,000(2)       41,863         20,000          ---             45,067(3)
 Chief Operating         1997    239,171    137,500          12,455            ---          ---             17,047
 Officer                 1996    167,607    140,791          11,828            ---          ---             15,365

Robert G. Schwager,      1998    259,616    277,787             ---            ---          ---              3,579(3)
 Senior VP & General     1997    199,796     77,500             ---            ---          ---                837
 Manager, Voice          1996    184,377    106,933             ---            ---          ---                100
 Systems

Daniel P. Hart,          1998    228,462     65,000             ---          3,000          ---              4,188(3)
 Senior VP and           1997    172,669     77,000             ---          7,000          ---              2,690
 General Counsel         1996    122,500     59,450             ---            ---          ---                100

Ronald A. Elwell,        1998    271,635        ---             ---            ---          ---              5,100(3)
 Senior VP & General     1997    191,333     77,500             ---         15,000          ---              2,970
 Manager, Communica-     1996    151,389     77,760          88,501            ---          ---              1,229
 tions Recording Systems
 and International Opera-
 tions
</TABLE>
         --------------------------------


(1)   The amounts  reported  in this column for 1998,  1997 and 1996 for each of
      Messrs.  Duerden and Skrzypczak reflect tax gross ups made by the Company.
      The  amounts  reported  in this  column  for Mr.  Elwell in 1996  includes
      $22,916 in relocation expenses and $65,585 of tax gross-up.  The aggregate
      value of the perquisites and other personal  benefits  received by each of
      Messrs. Duerden, Skrzypczak, Schwager and Hart in 1998, 1997 and 1996, and

                               53
<PAGE>
      for Mr. Elwell in 1998 and 1997 have not been reflected because the amount
      was below the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission's  (the  "Commission")
      threshold for disclosure  (i.e., the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of the total
      of annual salary and bonus for such officer).

(2)   Includes a one time payment in the amount of $250,000  paid in  connection
      with the termination of prior employment  agreements.  See "Employment and
      Consulting Agreements."

(3)   The compensation reflected in this column for 1998 is comprised of Company
      contributions  to  the  Company's  Deferred  Savings  Plan,   supplemental
      contributions  under supplemental  benefits  arrangements and Company paid
      life insurance premiums.  Specifically, these amounts for fiscal 1998 were
      $0, $235,054 and $50,839 for Mr. Duerden; $2,523, $42,361 and $183 for Mr.
      Skrzypczak;  $3,479, $0 and $100 for Mr. Schwager; $4,023, $0 and $165 for
      Mr. Hart; and $5,000, $0 and $100 for Mr. Elwell.

STOCK OPTION GRANTS

       The following table sets forth information regarding grants of options to
purchase  Common Stock during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998 to each of
the named executives. No stock appreciation rights were granted during 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               OPTION GRANTS IN 1998

                                                 INDIVIDUAL GRANTS
                       -----------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                               POTENTIAL REALIZABLE VALUE
                                                                                                    AT ASSUMED ANNUAL
                          NUMBER OF         PERCENT OF                                            RATES OF STOCK PRICE
                         SECURITIES        TOTAL OPTIONS                                            APPRECIATION FOR
                         UNDERLYING         GRANTED TO        EXERCISE                               OPTION TERM (3)
                           OPTIONS         EMPLOYEES IN       PRICE ($/       EXPIRATION      ---------------------------
                         GRANTED(#)           1998(1)         SHARE)(2)          DATE            (5%)             (10%)
                         ----------           -------         ---------       ----------         ----             -----

NAME
<S>                       <C>                 <C>               <C>            <C>              <C>           <C>      
John Duerden............         ---            ---                 ---              ---              ---           ---
Joseph D. Skrzypczak....   20,000(4)            14%              $10.00         11/20/08         $325,779      $518,748
Robert G. Schwager......         ---            ---                 ---              ---              ---           ---
Daniel P. Hart..........    3,000(4)             2%               10.00          1/30/08           48,867        77,812
Ronald A. Elwell........         ---            ---                 ---              ---              ---           ---
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------

(1)   The  Company  granted  options to  purchase  a total of 141,500  shares of
      Common Stock in 1998.

(2)   Each of the Company's  stock options were granted at the fair market value
      on the  date of  grant.  The fair  market  value  of the  Common  Stock on
      December  31, 1998 was $10.00 (as  determined  by the  Company's  Board of
      Directors).

(3)   Amounts reported in these columns  represent  amounts that may be realized
      upon exercise of options immediately prior to the expiration of their term
      assuming the specified  compounded  rates of appreciation  (5% and 10%) on
      the Common Stock over the term of the options. These assumptions are based
      on rules  promulgated  by the  Commission and do not reflect the Company's
      estimate of future stock price appreciation.  Actual gains, if any, on the
      stock  option  exercises  and common stock  holdings are  dependent on the
      timing of such  exercise  and the  future  performance  of the  underlying
      common  stock.  There can be no assurance  that the rates of  appreciation
      assumed in this table can be achieved or that the amounts  reflected  will
      be received by the option holder.

                               54
<PAGE>

(4)      One-half of the options  granted  vest  automatically  over a five year
         period and, of the other half,  6% were  retroactively  vested on April
         15, 1996,  0% were vested on April 15, 1997 and 1998, 0% will be vested
         on April 15, 1999 and the remaining will become eligible for vesting as
         to an additional 20% on April 15, 2000, with the remaining 10% on April
         15,  2001  if  the  Company  attains  certain  predetermined  financial
         performance goals.

OPTION EXERCISES AND YEAR-END VALUE TABLE

       The  following  table sets forth  information  regarding  the exercise of
stock  options  during  fiscal  1998  and the  number  and  year  end  value  of
unexercised  options held at December 31, 1998 by each of the named  executives.
No stock  appreciation  rights were  exercised  by the named  executives  during
fiscal 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     AGGREGATE OPTION EXERCISES IN FISCAL 1998
                                           AND FISCAL 1998 OPTION VALUES


                                                                                                    VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                                  NUMBER OF SECURITIES                 IN-THE-MONEY(1)
                              SHARES                             UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED                   (OPTIONS)
                            ACQUIRED ON         VALUE        OPTIONS AT FISCAL YEAR-END (#)        AT FISCAL YEAR-END ($)
                           EXERCISE (#)     REALIZED ($)        EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE         EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE
                           ------------     ------------        -------------------------         -------------------------
NAME
- ----
<S>                              <C>          <C>                      <C>                              <C>        
John H. Duerden...........         ---             ---             177,633/357,367(2)                     $0/$0(4)
Joseph D. Skrzypczak......         ---             ---              14,850/50,150(2)                       0/0(4)
Robert G. Schwager........         ---             ---              14,850/30,150(2)                       0/0(4)
                                 3,900        $167,206                 4,000/0(3)                       182,188/0(5)
Daniel P. Hart............         ---             ---                11,300/28,700(2)                     0/0(4)
Ronald A. Elwell..........         ---             ---              12,900/32,100(2)                       0/0(4)
                                   468          15,049                   0/0(3)                            0/0(5)
</TABLE>
- -----------------------------
(1)      Options are  "in-the-money"  if the fair market value of the underlying
         securities exceeds the exercise price of the options.

(2)      Represents options granted under the Company's Management Stock  Option
         Plan.

(3)      Represents  options  granted  under the Pitney  Bowes Stock Option Plan
         during the period 1985 through 1996.  The numbers have been adjusted to
         give  effect to the 1986,  1992 and 1998  two-for-one  stock  splits of
         Pitney Bowes stock.

(4)      The amounts  set forth  represent  the  difference  between  $10.00 per
         share, the fair market value of the Common Stock issuable upon exercise
         of  options  at  December  31,  1998  (as  determined  by the  Board of
         Directors),  and the exercise  price of the option,  multiplied  by the
         applicable number of options.

(5)      The amounts  set forth  represent  the  difference  between  $66.06 per
         share, the fair market value of Pitney Bowes common stock issuable upon
         exercise of options at December 31, 1998 and the exercise  price of the
         Pitney Bowes option, multiplied by the applicable number of options.

                               55
<PAGE>

PENSION PLANS

       The Company currently  maintains a non-contributory  pension plan for all
employees (the "Pension Plan").  As of December 31, 1998, the estimated  pension
benefits  payable to the named  executives  are as set forth below.  The Pension
Plan  provides  monthly  benefits  at age 65 equal to the sum of (i) for service
before January 1, 1988, 0.75% of the participant's  average annual earnings from
1983 through 1987 up to $18,000 plus 1.25% of the  participant's  average annual
earnings from 1983 to 1987 above $18,000  multiplied by the participant's  years
of  credited  service  before  January 1, 1988 and (ii) for each year of service
after January 1, 1988, 1% of the participant's  annual earnings for each year up
to the Social  Security Wage Base (as defined) for that year plus 1.5% of annual
earnings  above the Social  Security  Wage Base for that year.  Annual  earnings
includes overtime pay, incentive pay and bonuses, but excludes reimbursements of
other expense allowances, fringe benefits or moving expenses. Employees' pension
rights vest after five years of service.  Benefits are also available  under the
Pension Plan upon early or deferred  retirement.  The projected  annual  benefit
under the qualified  pension plan at age 65 assuming no future increases in pay,
the social  security  wage base and Internal  Revenue Code (the "Code")  Section
401(a)(17)  limits  and  with  no  provision  for  the  Supplemental   Executive
Retirement Plan ("SERP") for the named  executives is as follows:  Mr. Duerden -
$20,474;  Mr. Skrzypczak - $54,219;  Mr. Schwager - $73,572; Mr. Hart - $57,379;
and Mr.  Elwell - $70,360.  The  projected  annual  benefit  under the qualified
pension plan at age 65 assuming a 3% future increase in pay, the Social Security
Wage Base and Code Section  401(a)(17) limits and with no provision for the SERP
for the named executives is as follows:  Mr. Duerden - $22,036; Mr. Skrzypczak -
$73,008; Mr. Schwager - $88,658; Mr. Hart - $82,694; and Mr. Elwell - $98,107.

       The following table sets forth the estimated  annual  benefits,  based on
the indicated  credited years of service and the indicated average  compensation
used in calculating benefits,  assuming a normal retirement at age 65, no future
increases in pay,  the Social  Security  Wage Base and Code  Section  401(a)(17)
limits and with no provision for the SERP implemented by the Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               RETIREMENT PLAN TABLE

                                                                         YEARS OF SERVICE
                                                 -------------------------------------------------------------
AVERAGE ANNUAL COMPENSATION                        15            20             25          30            35
- ---------------------------                      -------       -------       -------      -------      -------
<S>                                              <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>    
$   130,000..................................    $24,120       $32,160       $40,200      $48,240      $56,280
    160,000..................................     30,870        41,160        51,450       61,740       72,030
</TABLE>

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

       The Company  adopted the SERP for certain  executive  officers during the
first  quarter of 1997 with benefits  determined  on a  retroactive  basis as of
January 1, 1996.  Benefits  under the SERP accrue  without regard to limitations
imposed  by Code  Sections  401(a)(17)  and 415 and are  offset  by any  benefit
accrued  under the Pension  Plan.  Participants  rights vest after five years of
service.

EMPLOYMENT AND CONSULTING AGREEMENTS

       On August 9, 1995, the Company entered into an employment  agreement with
John  Duerden  pursuant  to which  Mr.  Duerden  agreed  to  serve as  Chairman,
President and Chief Executive  Officer of the Company for an initial  employment
term of two years (which term is automatically  extended for additional two-year
terms unless  affirmatively  terminated  by either the Company or Mr.  Duerden).
Pursuant to an amendment to Mr. Duerden's employment agreement, dated January 1,
1997 (as amended,  the  "Employment  Agreement"),  effective as of such date his
annual base salary was  increased  to  $995,000.  In  addition,  Mr.  Duerden is
eligible to receive an annual cash bonus ranging from $497,500 to $995,000 based
upon the attainment of certain personal and budgeted performance  objectives for
the Company as determined by the Board of Directors.

                               56
<PAGE>

       Mr.  Duerden's  Employment  Agreement also provides that if he terminates
his  employment  without  Good Cause (as defined  therein) he will not,  for two
years either (i) directly or indirectly,  in any capacity, engage or participate
in, or become  employed by or under  advisory or consulting or other services in
connection with any Prohibited  Business (as  hereinafter  defined) or (ii) make
any  financial  investment,  whether  in the form of equity or debt,  or own any
interest,  directly or indirectly,  in any Prohibited Business.  Notwithstanding
the foregoing,  Mr. Duerden is not restricted  from making any investment in any
company  whose  stock is listed on an American  securities  exchange or actively
traded in the  over-the-counter  market and has sales in excess of $500 million;
provided that (i) such investment does not give Mr. Duerden the right or ability
to control or influence the policy  decisions of any  Prohibited  Business,  and
(ii)  such  investment  does not  create a  conflict  of  interest  between  Mr.
Duerden's  duties  under  the  Employment  Agreement  and his  interest  in such
investment. For purposes of the Employment Agreement "Prohibited Business" means
any dictation  product or  communications  recording  systems  business  located
within,  or  providing  service to any area located  within,  any state or other
jurisdiction  to  which  the  Company  (or  any  of its  subsidiaries)  provides
dictation  products or communications  recording  systems  services,  or located
within, or providing  service to any area located within,  any other area within
the United States.

       Pursuant to the Employment Agreement, if Mr. Duerden is terminated by the
Company  without  Cause or if he resigns for Good  Reason (as  defined  therein)
during the term of the agreement,  Mr. Duerden is entitled to receive a lump sum
payment  equal to two times his base  salary.  Mr.  Duerden is not  entitled  to
receive  severance in connection with a termination for Cause or resignation for
other  than  Good  Reason.  Upon a  termination  of  employment  due to death or
Disability (as defined  therein),  the Company is required to pay Mr. Duerden or
his estate, as the case may be, an amount equal to the sum of the accrued annual
base salary as of the date of death or Disability  and the accrued unpaid annual
bonus,  if any, for the fiscal year prior to the date of death or Disability and
a  pro-rata  portion of the  annual  bonus  accrued to the date of such death or
Disability.

       Mr. Duerden's  Employment  Agreement also includes a provision  requiring
the Company to establish  an annual  deferred  annuity  bonus  arrangement  (the
"Deferred Annuity Bonus  Arrangement") on his behalf.  The Company finalized the
Deferred Annuity Bonus Arrangement in February 1997. The intended annual benefit
to Mr. Duerden under the terms of the Deferred  Annuity Bonus  Arrangement is an
amount which is estimated to be equal to  two-thirds  of his average base salary
over the final three years of his employment  (reduced by amounts  receivable by
him from certain other pensions,  profit sharing accounts and Social  Security).
Benefits under the Deferred Annuity Bonus Arrangement are payable to Mr. Duerden
annually and are to be utilized by him for the  purchase of an annuity  contract
chosen and owned by him. As the owner of the annuity  contract,  Mr. Duerden has
the sole power to direct the investment  funds held.  The actual  benefits under
the annuity contract are dependent upon Mr. Duerden's investment  decision.  Mr.
Duerden's  entitlement to benefits under the Deferred Annuity Bonus  Arrangement
vest in increments of one-twelfth for each full year of employment from his date
of hire.

       As part of his  employment  arrangement,  Mr.  Duerden agreed to purchase
70,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock.  Mr. Duerden  purchased such shares
on  August  11,  1995  with  funds  provided  by  the  Company  pursuant  to  an
interest-bearing  non-recourse loan in the amount of $350,000.  Mr. Duerden also
received  210,000  options  under  the  Plan  (as  hereinafter   defined).   See
"Management  Stock Option Plan".  The 1995 options  granted to, and Common Stock
purchased by, Mr.  Duerden are subject to the same  conditions as apply to other
Management Investors (as hereinafter defined), as described in the "Stockholders
Agreement" (as hereinafter  defined).  Pursuant to the January 1, 1997 amendment
to the  Employment  Agreement,  the Company  granted Mr.  Duerden an  additional
325,000  stock  options  which  options were granted on August 1, 1997 and which
vest in one-third  increments  on the first three  anniversaries  of the date of
grant.  These  options,  which have an exercise  price of $10.00 per share,  are
subject to the Plan.

       The Company has entered into a letter  employment  agreement with each of
Messrs. Skrzypczak,  Schwager Hart and Elwell. The agreements have no fixed term
of employment.  In the event of an involuntary  termination of employment by the
Company for any reason  other than for cause (as  defined),  Mr.  Skrzypczak  is
entitled to receive salary  continuation for twenty-four months  irrespective of
subsequent  employment  status and  payable  in  accordance  with the  Company's
existing  payroll  practices.  In the  event of an  involuntary  termination  of
employment  by the  Company for any reason  other than for cause or  substantial
underperformance  (as  defined),  Mr.  Hart  is   entitled   to  receive  salary

                               57
<PAGE>

continuation  for  eighteen  months  after  termination  of  employment  without
mitigation and irrespective of subsequent  employment  status. At the conclusion
of the eighteen months of salary continuation, if Mr. Hart has not secured other
employment  at that time,  the Company will extend  salary  continuation  for an
additional six months,  on a  month-by-month  basis, as long as Mr. Hart,  using
reasonable  efforts,  has not  secured  other  employment.  Upon an  involuntary
termination  of employment by the Company for any reason other than for Cause or
for Substantial  Underperformance (as defined),  Mr. Schwager and Mr. Elwell are
entitled  to receive  salary  continuation  for a minimum of one year after such
termination  of  employment.  After the  conclusion  of the first year of salary
continuation,  if Messrs.  Schwager or Elwell have not secured other employment,
the Company has agreed to extend,  for a maximum of 12 additional  months,  such
salary continuation on a month-by-month basis as long as the respective officer,
using reasonable  efforts,  has not secured other employment.  In addition,  the
Company's  practice and policy is that, if a Senior Vice President's  employment
is terminated without cause, such officer is also entitled to receive any earned
and unpaid annual bonus amounts,  including a pro-rated amount in respect of the
year in which termination  occurs. In addition,  Mr. Skrzypczak's bonus for 1998
was  guaranteed to be not less than fifty  percent (50%) of his base salary.  In
October 1998, Mr. Skrzypczak entered into a new letter employment agreement with
the Company,  the severance terms of which are reflected above. In addition,  in
consideration   of  the  termination  of  Mr.   Skrzypczak's   prior  employment
agreements,  the Company paid Mr.  Skrzypczak the sum of $250,000 (which sum has
been included in the Summary Compensation Table).

       Each of Messrs.  Skrzypczak,  Schwager, Hart and Elwell are also entitled
to receive senior executive  outplacement  services from a nationally recognized
outplacement firm and are entitled to continue to participate in medical, dental
and life insurance plans,  under the same terms and conditions as when they were
employed by the Company, until the earlier of the commencement of new employment
or the  twelve  month  anniversary  of the date of  termination  of  employment.
Messrs. Skrzypczak, Schwager, Hart and Elwell are entitled to elect to receive a
cash amount equal to the cost of the above  mentioned  outplacement  services in
lieu thereof.  Each of Messrs.  Skrzypczak,  Schwager,  Hart and Elwell are also
entitled to an  additional  six-month  period of medical  insurance  coverage as
required under Section 498B of the Code.

       The Company has entered into a supplemental compensation arrangement with
Mr. Skrzypczak. The arrangement provides benefits under a supplemental executive
retirement  arrangement  without regard to any  limitations  under Code Sections
401(a)(17) and 415 and will be reduced by amounts  receivable by Mr.  Skrzypczak
from certain other pensions. Mr. Skrzypczak is 100% vested in his benefits under
this arrangement.

       In November  1995, the Company  entered into a consulting  agreement with
Mr. Jachmann, a director of the Company. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement,
Mr.  Jachmann  agreed to act as a consultant to the Company for an original term
of one year, August 11, 1995 through August 11, 1996.  Although a new consulting
agreement  has not been  executed,  the  Company  has  continued  to utilize Mr.
Jachmann's  services  on  a  month-by-month  basis.  In  consideration  for  his
consulting  services,  Mr.  Jachmann  receives  $3,000 per day. During 1998, Mr.
Jachmann received $15,000 for consulting services. Mr. Jachmann is also entitled
to receive $25,000 for services as a Director.

       In April 1997, the Company  entered into a consulting  agreement with Mr.
Tong, a Director of the Company.  In consideration for his consulting  services,
Mr. Tong receives  $1,500 per day.  During 1998, Mr. Tong received no income for
consulting  services.  Mr. Tong is also entitled to receive $25,000 for services
as a Director.

MANAGEMENT STOCK OPTION PLAN

       On August 11, 1995, the Company adopted the Management Stock Option Plan,
which was  amended on April 27,  1996 and on August 1, 1997  (collectively,  the
"Plan"), pursuant to which officers, key employees and non-employee directors of
the Company (the  "Participants")  may be granted  options to purchase shares of
Common  Stock.  The  Compensation  Committee  of the Board of  Directors  of the
Company (the "Committee") has the discretion to select those to whom options are
granted (from among those  eligible) and to determine  the exercise  price,  the
duration and other terms and conditions of the options. The Plan also allows the
Committee to determine  whether options granted are to be "Service  Options" (as
hereinafter defined).  The Committee has the authority to interpret and construe
the Plan and any interpretation or construction of the provisions of the Plan or
of any options granted under the Plan by the Committee are final and conclusive.

                               58
<PAGE>

       The Plan provides  that Service  Options will vest  automatically  over a
five-year  period (20% of the  options  vesting  each year) and the  Performance
Options will vest as to specified  percentages  over a five-year period based on
predetermined  financial  performance  goals. As to all outstanding  Performance
Options  granted prior to 1996, 10% were eligible for vesting on April 15, 1996,
20% were  eligible  for vesting on each of April 15, 1997 and April 15, 1998 and
the remaining  options  become  eligible for vesting as to an additional  20% on
each of April 15, 1999 and 2000,  with the remaining  10% becoming  eligible for
vesting on April 15, 2001. For all subsequent Performance Option grants, 20% are
eligible  for  vesting  on each  April 15,  based on the  Company's  prior  year
performance,  in any case,  no later than  August 11,  2005,  provided  that the
applicable  Participant continues to be employed or continues as a member of the
Board.  Based on the Company's  performance  in 1995,  1996,  1997 and 1998, the
Company's Board of Directors  determined that the following eligible Performance
Options would vest:  60% on April 15, 1996, 0% on April 15, 1997 and 0% on April
15, 1998. In addition,  the Board has  determined  that no eligible  Performance
Options will vest on April 15, 1999. Performance Options which are not vested on
each of the April 15 vesting  dates remain  eligible  for future  vesting by the
Board if the Company reaches certain  enterprise  values. In the event of a Sale
or an IPO (as defined therein) of the Company,  all outstanding unvested Service
and Performance  Options will become immediately vested and exercisable prior to
the  effective  date of such  Sale or IPO  and  appropriate  provisions  will be
required  to be made by the  Company to permit the holders of options to realize
the value of his or her options in connection  with such Sale or IPO to the same
extent as if he or she had exercised such options in full  immediately  prior to
the effective date of such Sale or IPO and participated therein.

       The terms and  conditions  of an option  grant are set forth in a related
option agreement (the "Option  Agreement").  Options granted under the Plan will
terminate upon the earliest to occur of (a) the tenth anniversary of the date of
the Option  Agreement;  (b) the date on which the Company acquires any shares of
Common Stock or options held by the  Participant in connection with the exercise
of a Put or Call  Right (as  defined  in the  Stockholders  Agreement);  (c) the
six-month  anniversary  of the  date of  death of the  Participant;  (d)  unless
otherwise provided in an agreement between the Participant and the Company,  the
thirty-day anniversary of the date of the Participant's Retirement or Disability
(as defined  therein);  and (e) immediately upon a Participant's  termination of
employment or  directorship  other than due to death,  Retirement or Disability;
provided  that  the  term  of the  option  may be  extended  in the  event  of a
termination  of an  option  under  (c),  (d) or  (e)  above  if the  Participant
exercises a Put Right  prior to the time the option  would  otherwise  terminate
under (c), (d) or (e) above and a  Restriction  (as defined in the  Stockholders
Agreement)  prevents the Company from purchasing the options pursuant to the Put
Right.  Payment of the option exercise price may be made in cash or Common Stock
which has been held by the  Participant  for more than six months.  The Board or
Compensation  Committee  may also,  in its sole  discretion,  cancel  the vested
portion  of an option or  options  held by a  Participant  whose  employment  or
directorship  has  terminated in exchange for a cash payment equal to the excess
of the Fair Value  Price (as  defined in the Plan) of the option over the option
exercise  price,  multiplied  by the number of shares of Common Stock subject to
such cancelled options,  or may cancel any outstanding options in exchange for a
cash  payment to a  Participant  equal to the excess of the Fair Value Price (as
defined in the Plan) of the option over the option exercise price, multiplied by
the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such cancelled  options,  or may
cancel any  outstanding  options in exchange for a cash payment to a Participant
equal to the excess of the fair market value of the  consideration  received for
Stonington   Shares  by  the  Stonington   Investor  (each  as  defined  in  the
Stockholders  Agreement)  in any sale of all of the then issued and  outstanding
Stonington Shares over the exercise price of the option multiplied by the number
of shares of Common Stock subject to such cancelled options.

       The  maximum  number of shares of Common  Stock  that are  available  for
options under the Plan is currently  1,200,000  shares. If options granted under
the Plan expire or terminate  without having been exercised in full or cancelled
in exchange for a cash or other payment,  the shares covered by such option will
again be available for grant under the Plan. In the event of the  declaration of
a stock  dividend,  or a  reorganization,  merger,  consolidation,  acquisition,
disposition,  separation,  recapitalization,  stock split,  split-up,  spin-off,
combination or exchange of any shares of Common Stock or like event,  the number
or  character of the shares  subject to the option or the exercise  price of any
option may be appropriately adjusted as deemed appropriate by the Committee.

       The Plan terminates upon, and no options may be granted after, August 11,
2005,  unless the Plan has sooner  terminated  due to grant and full exercise or
cancellation  of options  covering all the shares  available for grant under the
Plan.  The  Board  may at any time  amend,  suspend  or  discontinue  the  Plan;

                               59
<PAGE>

provided, however, that the Board may not alter, amend, discontinue or revoke or
otherwise impair any outstanding options granted under the Plan and which remain
unexercised  in a manner  adverse to the holders of the  options,  except if the
written consent of such holder is obtained.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
         MANAGEMENT

       The following  sets forth certain  information  regarding the  beneficial
ownership of the Common Stock as of March 15, 1999,  by (i) each person known to
the Company to own beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of Common
Stock, (ii) each director of the Company,  (iii) each named executive,  and (iv)
all executive officers and directors of the Company, as a group.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         AMOUNT AND NATURE
NAME AND ADDRESS                                                           OF BENEFICIAL        PERCENTAGE
OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                                                        OWNERSHIP (1)         OF CLASS
- -------------------                                                      -----------------      ----------
<S>                                                                        <C>                    <C>   
Stonington Capital Appreciation 1994 Fund, L.P.(2)................         14,803,000              97.4%
   767 Fifth Avenue
   New York, New York  10153
John H. Duerden(3)................................................            247,633               1.6%
Joseph D. Skrzypczak(3)...........................................             29,850               *
Robert G. Schwager(3).............................................             29,850               *
Daniel P. Hart(3).................................................             19,300               *
Ronald A. Elwell(3)...............................................             22,900               *
Albert J. Fitzgibbons, III(4).....................................         14,803,000              97.4%
Emil F. Jachmann..................................................             10,000               *
Alexis P. Michas(4)...............................................         14,803,000              97.4%
Peter P. Tong.....................................................             10,000               *
Scott M. Shaw(4)..................................................         14,803,000              97.4%
Directors and executive officers as a group ((15) persons)(4)(5)..         15,201,253             100.0%
</TABLE>
- ----------------------------
*     Represents  beneficial  ownership  of  less  than 1% of the
      outstanding shares of Common Stock.

(1)   Beneficial  ownership  is  determined  in  accordance  with the  rules and
      regulations  of  the  Commission.   In  computing  the  number  of  shares
      beneficially  owned  by a  person  and the  percentage  ownership  of that
      person, shares of Common Stock subject to options, warrants or convertible
      securities  held  by  that  person  that  are  currently   exercisable  or
      convertible,  or exercisable  or  convertible  within 60 days of March 15,
      1999  are  deemed  outstanding.  Such  shares,  however,  are  not  deemed
      outstanding  for the purposes of  computing  the  percentage  of any other
      person.   Except  as  indicated  in  the  footnotes  to  this  table,  the
      stockholders named in the table have sole voting and investment power with
      respect to the shares set forth opposite such stockholder's name.

(2)   Stonington is the record holder of 14,653,000  shares, or 96.4%, of Common
      Stock. Stonington also controls, but disclaims beneficial ownership of, an
      additional 150,000 shares purchased by an institutional investor, pursuant
      to the Stockholder Agreement. Stonington is a Delaware limited partnership
      whose limited partners consist of certain institutional investors,  formed
      to invest in  corporate  acquisitions  organized by  Stonington  Partners.
      SPLP, a Delaware limited partnership, is the general partner of Stonington
      with a 1%  economic  interest  in  Stonington.  Except  for such  economic
      interest,  SPLP  disclaims  beneficial  ownership  of the shares set forth
      above.  Stonington II, a Delaware  corporation,  is the general partner of
      SPLP  with a 1%  economic  interest  in SPLP.  Except  for  such  economic
      interest,  Stonington II disclaims  beneficial ownership of the shares set
      forth  above.   Stonington  Partners,  a  Delaware  corporation,   is  the
      management  company for Stonington with a 1% interest in SPLP.  Except for
      such economic interest, Stonington Partners disclaims beneficial ownership
      of the shares set forth  above.  The limited  partners of SPLP are certain
      current and former employees of Stonington  Partners,  entities controlled
      by  certain   employees  of  Stonington  and   individuals   with  special
      relationships to portfolio companies of Stonington.

                               60
<PAGE>

      Pursuant to a management  agreement with Stonington,  Stonington  Partners
      has full  discretionary  authority  with  respect  to the  investments  of
      Stonington,   including   the  authority  to  make  and  dispose  of  such
      investments.  Stonington  Partners disclaims  beneficial  ownership of the
      shares  set  forth  above.  The  address  of  each  of  the  entities  and
      individuals listed in this footnote is c/o Stonington Partners,  Inc., 757
      Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10153.

(3)   Includes shares of Common Stock which the directors and executive officers
      have the right to acquire  through the exercise of options  within 60 days
      of March  15,  1999,  as  follows:  Mr.  Duerden  -  177,633  shares;  Mr.
      Skrzypczak  - 14,850  shares;  Mr.  Schwager - 14,850  shares;  Mr. Hart -
      11,300  shares;  and Mr.  Elwell - 12,900  shares.  Mr.  Duerden is a 3.1%
      limited partner of SPLP.

(4)   The shares indicated as owned beneficially by Messrs. Fitzgibbons,  Michas
      and Shaw are owned or controlled by Stonington and are included because of
      their ownership of stock as status as directors of Stonington Partners and
      Stonington II. Messrs.  Fitzgibbons,  Michas and Shaw disclaim  beneficial
      ownership of such shares.

(5)   Includes  267,253 shares of Common Stock subject to options  granted under
      the Plan which are currently  exercisable  or vest within 60 days of March
      15, 1999 and 2,000,000  shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of
      Convertible  Preferred  Stock  which  are  currently  convertible  or  are
      convertible within 60 days of March 15, 1999.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

MANAGEMENT INVESTMENT AND MANAGEMENT LOANS

       In connection  with the  Acquisition,  the Company sold 197,000 shares of
Common  Stock to certain  key  members of the  Company's  Management,  including
Messrs.  Duerden,  Skrzypczak  and  Schwager  for  $1,970,000  (the  "Management
Placement").  The Company financed  $1,273,000 of the Management  Placement with
non-recourse  loans bearing interest at a rate equal to the Adjusted  Eurodollar
Rate (as defined) plus 2.75% in effect for the Revolving  Credit  Facility under
the Credit Agreement.  Interest was due annually starting in August 1998. Unless
prepaid, all principal, accrued and unpaid interest is due and payable on August
7, 2005. The obligations  under the management  notes are secured by a pledge of
the proportionate  number of shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Stockholders
Agreement. The name of each executive officer of the Company who participated in
the Management  Placement  whose  indebtedness to the Company exceeds $60,000 is
listed  below:  Mr.  Duerden -- $350,000;  Mr.  Skrzypczak  -- $95,600;  and Mr.
Schwager -- $140,000.

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

       The  Company,   Stonington,  each  of  the  institutional  investors  who
purchased $15 million of the Company's 14% Pay-in-Kind Perpetual Preferred Stock
("Pay-in-Kind  Preferred  Stock"),  together with  warrants to purchase  350,000
shares of Common Stock (the "Warrants") or $1.5 million of the Common Stock (the
"Equity Private Placement"), and each of Messrs. Duerden, Skrzypczak,  Schwager,
Hart and Elwell (each a "Stockholder") entered into a stockholder agreement (the
"Stockholders  Agreement"),  which  contains  among other terms and  conditions,
provisions relating to voting rights,  certain  restrictions with respect to the
transfer of Common Stock,  Pay-in-Kind  Preferred  Stock and Warrants by certain
parties  thereunder,  certain  rights  related  to puts and  calls  and  certain
registration  rights  granted by the  Company  with  respect to shares of Common
Stock.

       Pursuant to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement,  Stonington controls
the votes of the Common Stock purchased in the Equity Private Placements.  Under
the  Stockholders  Agreement,  Stonington also has the right to designate at any
time and from time to time at least three  Directors  of the Company and has the
right to remove such designees at any time and from time to time and each of the
Stockholders have agreed to vote in favor of such designation or removal of such
Directors. The Company currently has seven Board members.

        Pursuant to the terms of the Stockholders  Agreement,  in the event that
Stonington proposes to sell securities which, in the aggregate, represent 30% or
more of the Common Stock on a fully diluted basis to a third party which is not,
and  following  such  sale  will  not  be,  an  affiliate  of  Stonington,   the
Institutional  Investors  (as  defined in the  Stockholders  Agreement)  and the
Management Investors (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement)  will  have  the

                               61
<PAGE>

right to elect to  participate  in such sale with respect to a certain number of
shares of Common Stock. In the event that Stonington proposes to sell securities
which,  in the  aggregate,  represent 30% or more of the Common Stock on a fully
diluted  basis to a third party which is not, and  following  such sale will not
be,  an  affiliate  of  Stonington,  Stonington  has the right to  require  each
Management Investor, Institutional Investor and such other stockholders who have
agreed to be bound to the  Stockholders  Agreement to  participate  in such sale
with respect to a certain number of shares of Common Stock.

       Management  Investors are not permitted to sell or transfer Common Stock,
other than to Permitted  Transferees (as defined in the Stockholders  Agreement)
(i.e.,  family members and, upon the death of a Management  Investor,  to his or
her estate or  executors),  prior to the occurrence of the earlier of August 11,
2000 and an IPO (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement).  Following an IPO, a
Management  Investor  may  transfer  shares in  accordance  with Rule 144 of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), or pledge shares to a
financial institution,  subject to applicable Securities Act restrictions. On or
after August 11, 2000,  if an IPO has not  occurred,  Management  Investors  are
permitted to sell Common Stock to third  parties  after first giving the Company
and the other Management Investors right of first refusal for the same number of
shares of Common Stock at the same price.

       Institutional  Investors  are not  permitted  to sell or transfer  Common
Stock,  other than to an Affiliate (as defined in the  Stockholders  Agreement),
prior to the occurrence of an IPO. Following an IPO, the Institutional Investors
will,  with  certain  limited  exceptions,  generally  be  permitted  to sell or
transfer  Common Stock subject to applicable  Securities Act  restrictions.  The
Pay-in-Kind Preferred Stock and Warrants are subject to transfer restrictions as
set forth in the Stockholders Agreement.

       Prior to an IPO,  the Company will have the right to require a Management
Investor  to  sell  his or  her  shares  of  Common  Stock  and  Options  upon a
termination of employment for any reason.  Such right will be exercisable within
a period of one year after the date of  termination  of employment  (or within a
period of six months in the event of a termination  of employment  due to death)
at a price per share  equal to the higher of Fair Value Price (as defined in the
Stockholders  Agreement) or the original per share  purchase price of a share of
Common Stock and at a price per Option equal to the difference  between the Fair
Value Price or the  original  per share  purchase  price of the shares of Common
Stock  covered  by such  Option and the  exercise  price of the shares of Common
Stock covered by such Option, multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock
covered by the Option.  Prior to an IPO, the  Management  Investor will have the
right to require the Company to  purchase  his or her shares of Common  Stock or
Options upon termination of employment due to death,  Disability,  Retirement or
Involuntary  Termination (as defined therein).  Such a right will be exercisable
within a period of 180 days after the date of  termination  of employment due to
death,  Disability,  Retirement or  Involuntary  Termination  (a) at a price per
share of Common Stock equal to the Fair Value Price of a share of Common  Stock;
provided,  however,  that  upon  a  termination  of  employment  due  to  death,
Disability  or  Retirement,  the  purchase  price per share will be equal to the
greater of (x) the Fair Value  Price and (y) the  original  purchase  price plus
interest  at the  Adjusted  Eurodollar  Rate plus  2.75%,  minus the  Applicable
Pricing  Discount  (as defined in the Credit  Agreement)  as of the date of such
death, Disability or Retirement) (in either case, the "Put Price"); and (b) at a
price per Option equal to the difference  between the Put Price of the shares of
Common  Stock  covered by such  Option and the  exercise  price of the shares of
Common  Stock  covered  by such  Option,  multiplied  by the number of shares of
Common Stock covered by the Option.

       Stockholders  are, subject to certain  limitations,  entitled to register
shares of Common Stock in connection with a registration  statement  prepared by
the Company to register  Common Stock.  Stonington  has the right to require the
Company to take such steps as  necessary  to register  all or part of the Common
Stock held by Stonington  under the Securities Act pursuant to the provisions of
the Stockholders Agreement.  The Stockholders Agreement contains customary terms
and provisions with respect to, among other things,  registration procedures and
certain rights to  indemnification  granted by parties  thereunder in connection
with the registration of Common Stock subject to such agreement.

                               62
<PAGE>

                                    PART IV

ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(A)     1.     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

               The financial statements are included in Part II, Item 8 of  this
Report.

        2.     FINANCIAL  STATEMENT  SCHEDULES AND  SUPPLEMENTARY
               INFORMATION REQUIRED TO BE SUBMITTED

               Schedule  II "Valuation and  Qualifying  Accounts" is included in
Part II, Item 8 of this Report.

(B)     Reports on Form 8-K.

               On January 8, 1999,  the Company  filed a Current  Report on Form
        8-K,  reporting  under Item 5 thereof,  the  amendment of the  Company's
        senior Bank Credit Agreement, dated as of August 7, 1995, as amended, to
        waive  compliance  by the  Company  of  the  financial  covenants  as of
        December 31, 1998 and for the four Fiscal Quarter period then ended,  to
        modify the covenants and related definitions in respect of certain asset
        sales and the  utilization  of the proceeds  from such asset  sales,  to
        modify  the  required  Maximum  Leverage,  Minimum  EBITDA  and  Minimum
        Interest  Coverage Ratio  Covenants,  to change the maturity date of the
        Tranche  C Loans  to be  equal to that of the  Tranche  B Loans,  and to
        increase the interest rate on the Tranche B Loans to be equal to that of
        the Tranche C Loans.

               In addition,  with the fifth amendment,  the Company's  principal
        shareholder  (the  "Shareholders")  agreed to provide the  Company  with
        $20,000,000  in new cash equity (the "New Equity")  contributions  on or
        before  January  28,  1999  to fund  working  capital  and  for  general
        corporate purposes.

(C)     Index to Exhibits.

               The  following  is a list of all  Exhibits  filed as part of this
Report:

EXHIBITS                          DESCRIPTION
- --------                          -----------

  2.1  -- Stock  and  Asset  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  as of April 25,  1995,
          between  Pitney Bowes Inc. and  Dictaphone Acquisition  Inc. (filed as
          Exhibit 2.1 to the  Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File
          No. 33-93464, filed on June 14, 1995).

  2.2  -- Amendment  to Stock and Asset  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  August 11,
          1995, between Pitney Bowes Inc. and Dictaphone Acquisition Inc. (filed
          as Exhibit 2.2 to the Company's Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended
          June 30, 1995, filed on September 21, 1995).

  2.3  -- Asset Purchase  Agreement,  dated August 11, 1995,  between Dictaphone
          Canada  Ltd./Ltee and Dictaphone  Canada  Acquisition  Inc.  (filed as
          Exhibit 2.3 to the  Company's  Form 10-Q for the fiscal  quarter ended
          June 30, 1995, filed on September 21, 1995).

  2.4  -- Stock Purchase Agreement,  dated August 11, 1995, between Pitney Bowes
          Deutschland GmbH and Dictaphone Acquisition Inc. (filed as Exhibit 2.4
          to the Company's Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1995,
          filed on September 21, 1995).

  2.5  -- Stock Purchase Agreement, dated August 11, 1995, between Walnut Street
          Corp. and  Dictaphone  Acquisition  Inc.  (filed as Exhibit 2.5 to the
          Company's Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1995,  filed
          on September 21, 1995).

  2.6  -- Stock Purchase Agreement,  dated August 11, 1995, between Pitney Bowes
          Holdings  Ltd.  and  Dictaphone  U.K.  Acquisition  Limited  (filed as
          Exhibit 2.6 to the  Company's  Form 10-Q for the fiscal  quarter ended
          June 30, 1995, filed on September 21, 1995).

                               63
<PAGE>

EXHIBITS                          DESCRIPTION
- --------                          -----------

  2.7  -- General   Conveyance   Agreement,   dated  August  11,  1995,  between
          Dictaphone  Canada  Ltd./Ltee and Dictaphone  Canada  Acquisition Inc.
          (filed  as  Exhibit  2.7 to the  Company's  Form  10-Q for the  fiscal
          quarter ended June 30, 1995, filed on September 21, 1995).
  2.8  -- Assumption of Liabilities  Agreement,  dated August 11, 1995,  between
          Dictaphone  Canada  Ltd./Ltee and Dictaphone  Canada  Acquisition Inc.
          (filed  as  Exhibit  2.8 to the  Company's  Form  10-Q for the  fiscal
          quarter ended June 30, 1995, filed on September 21, 1995).
  2.9  -- Merger  Agreement  between   Dictaphone  U.S.   Acquisition  Inc.  and
          Dictaphone Corporation, dated August 11, 1995 (filed as Exhibit 2.9 to
          the  Company's  Form 10-Q for the fiscal  quarter ended June 30, 1995,
          filed on September 21, 1995).
  2.10 -- Agreement  and  Plan of  Merger  between  Dictaphone  Corporation  and
          Dictaphone  Corporation  (U.S.),  dated  January  28,  1998  (filed as
          Exhibit  2.10 to the  Company's  Form 10-K for the  fiscal  year ended
          December 31, 1997, filed on March 30, 1998).
  2.11 -- Certificate  of Ownership and Merger  merging  Dictaphone  Corporation
          with  and  into  Dictaphone  (U.S.)  (filed  as  Exhibit  2.11  to the
          Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997, filed
          on March 30, 1998).
  3(i) -- Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Dictaphone Corporation.
  3(ii)-- By-Laws of the Company,  adopted  April 20, 1995 (filed as Exhibit 3.3
          to the Company's Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1995,
          filed on September 21, 1995).
  4.1  -- Indenture, dated as of August 11, 1995, among the Company,  Dictaphone
          Corporation (U.S.) and Shawmut Bank Connecticut, National Association,
          Trustee, relating to the 11-3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2005 of
          the Company  (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's  Form 10-Q for the
          fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1995, filed on September 21, 1995).
  4.2  -- Bank Credit  Agreement, dated as of August 7, 1995, among the Company,
          Dictaphone  Corporation (U.S.) and the Lenders party thereto (filed as
          Exhibit 4.2 to the  Company's  Form 10-Q for the fiscal  quarter ended
          June 30, 1995, filed on September 21, 1995).
  4.3  -- First Amendment to Credit Agreement,  dated as of June 28, 1996, among
          the  Company,  Dictaphone  Corporation  (U.S.) and the  Lenders  party
          thereto  (filed as Exhibit  10.13 to the Company's  Current  Report on
          Form 8-K, filed on July 18, 1996).
  4.4  -- Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of June 27, 1997, among
          the  Company,  Dictaphone  Corporation  (U.S.) and the  Lenders  party
          thereto  (filed as Exhibit  10.15 to the Company's  Current  Report on
          Form 8-K, filed on July 8, 1997).
  4.5  -- Third Amendment (Technical  Correction) to Credit Agreement,  dated as
          of July 21, 1997, by and among Dictaphone  Corporation  (U.S.) and the
          Lenders  party thereto  (filed as Exhibit 10.19 to the Company's  Form
          10-Q for the fiscal  quarter ended June 30, 1997,  filed on August 14,
          1997).
  4.6  -- Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as  of  November 14, 1997,
          by and  among  Dictaphone Corporation and  the Lenders  party  thereto
          (filed as Exhibit 10.20 to the Company's  Current  Report on Form 8-K,
          filed on November 21, 1997).

 *4.7  -- Limited Waiver and Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated December
          31, 1998, by and among Dictaphone  Corporation  (U.S.) and the Lenders
          party thereto.
 *4.8  -- Limited Waiver and First  Amendment to Credit  Agreement,  dated as of
          December  31,  1998,  among  Dictaphone  Corporation  (U.S.)  and  the
          Lenders party thereto.
  10.1 -- Subscription Agreements for the Equity Private Placements, dated as of
          August 7, 1995 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the  Company's  Form 10-Q for
          the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1995, filed on September 21, 1995).
  10.2 -- Subscription  Agreement for Management Private Placement,  dated as of
          August 7, 1995 (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the  Company's  Form 10-Q for
          the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1995, filed on September 21, 1995).
  10.3 -- Stockholders Agreement,  dated as of August 11, 1995 (filed as Exhibit
          10.3 to the Company's  Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30,
          1995, filed on September 21, 1995).
  10.4 -- Employment  contract  of John H.  Duerden,  dated as of August 9, 1995
          (filed as  Exhibit  10.4 to the  Company's  Form  10-Q for the  fiscal
          quarter ended June 30, 1995, filed on September 21, 1995).+

                               64
<PAGE>

EXHIBITS                          DESCRIPTION
- --------                          -----------

  10.5 -- Amendment to employment contract of John H. Duerden,  dated January 1,
          1997 (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company's  Form 10-K for the fiscal
          year ended December 31, 1996, filed on March 31, 1997).+
 *10.6 -- Letter   Agreement,  dated  October  21,  1998,  between   Dicataphone
          Corporation  and  Joseph D. Skrzypczak.+
  10.7 -- Employment contract of Robert G. Schwager,  dated June 19, 1995 (filed
          as Exhibit 10.7 to the Company's  Registration  Statement on Form S-1,
          File No. 33-93464,  filed on June 14, 1995).+
  10.8 -- Management  Stock  Option  Plan  of  the  Company  (filed  as  Exhibit
          10.9 to  the  Company's  Form 10-Q  for the fiscal  quarter ended June
          30, 1995,  filed on  September  21, 1995)  and  Amendment No. 1 to the
          Management  Stock  Option  Plan,  dated as of April 27, 1996 (filed as
          Exhibit  10.13  to  the  Company's  Form 10-Q for the  fiscal  quarter
          ended  March  31,  1996,  filed on May 15, 1996).+
  10.9 -- Supply   Agreement,  dated   August  11,  1995,  between  the  Company
          and  Pitney  Bowes  Inc.  (filed  as  Exhibit  10.10 to the  Company's
          Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended  December  31,
          1995, File  No. 33-93464, filed  on March 29, 1996).
 10.10 -- Leasing   Agreement,   dated   August  10,  1995,  between  Dictaphone
          Corporation  (U.S.)  and Pitney  Bowes  Credit  Corporation  (filed as
          Exhibit  10.11 to the  Company's  Annual  Report  on Form 10-K for the
          fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, File No. 33-93464, filed on March
          29, 1996).
 10.11 -- Consulting Agreement, dated November 17, 1995, between the Company and
          Emil F.  Jachmann  (filed as  Exhibit  10.12 to the  Company's  Annual
          Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995,  File
          No.  33-93464,  filed on March 29,  1996).+
 10.12 -- Form of Letter Agreement  amending  the  Subscription  Agreement  for 
          the  Management Private  Placement,  dated as of August 7,  1995,  and
          the  Stockholders  Agreement,  dated as of August  11, 1995 (filed  as
          Exhibit 10.14 to the Company's Form 10-Q for the  fiscal quarter ended
          March 31, 1996, filed on May 15, 1996).+
 10.13 -- Letter Agreement,  dated April 11, 1997, between the Company and Peter
          Tong (filed as Exhibit 10.16 to the Company's Form 10-Q for the fiscal
          quarter ended June 30, 1997, filed on August 14, 1997).+
 10.14 -- Stock Option Agreement,  dated August 1, 1997, between the Company and
          John H. Duerden (filed as Exhibit 10.15 to the Company's Form 10-K405
          for  the  fiscal year  ended  December  31, 1997,  filed  on March 31,
          1998).+
 10.15 -- Amendment No. 2 to the Dictaphone  Management Stock Option Plan (filed
          as Exhibit  10.18 to the  Company's  Form 10-Q for the fiscal  quarter
          ended June 30, 1997, filed on August 14, 1997).+
 10.16 -- Letter  Agreement  between  the  Company  and Ronald A.  Elwell, dated
          November 8, 1996 (filed as Exhibit 10.18 to the Company's Form 10-K405
          for  the fiscal  year  ended  December  31, 1997,  filed  on March 31,
          1998).+
 10.17 -- Stock Option Agreement,  dated August 1, 1997, between the Company and
          Peter P. Tong (filed as Exhibit 10.19 to the  Company's  Form 10-Q for
          the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 1998, filed on May 14, 1998).+
 10.18 -- Agreement  of Purchase  and Sale of  Stratford,  CT  property  between
          Dictaphone Corporation and Stratford, CT Business Trust, dated May 14,
          1998 (filed as Exhibit 10.20 to the Company's Form 10-Q for the fiscal
          quarter ended June 30, 1998, filed August 14, 1998).
 10.19 -- Lease  Agreement  of  Stratford,   CT  property   between   Dictaphone
          Corporation  and  Stratford,  CT  Business  Trust,  dated May 14, 1998
          (filed as  Exhibit  10.21 to the  Company's  Form 10-Q for the  fiscal
          quarter ended June 30, 1998, filed August 14, 1998).
*10.20 -- Letter Agreement,  dated May 28, 1997, between Dictaphone  Corporation
          and Mr. Daniel P. Hart.+
*10.21 -- Executive  Severance  Agreement,  dated  November  11,  1996,  between
          Dictaphone Corporation and Mr. Daniel Hart.+
 21.1  -- List of  subsidiaries  of the  Company  (filed  as  Exhibit  21 to the
          Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 33-93464, filed
          on June 14, 1995).
  24   -- Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page hereof).
 *27   -- Financial Data Schedule.

- ------------------------------------

*    Filed herewith.
+    Management contract of compensatory arrangement.

                               65
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES


         Pursuant to the  requirements  of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its  behalf  by the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly  authorized,  in the  City of
Stratford, State of Connecticut, on this 26th day of March, 1999.

                                                 DICTAPHONE CORPORATION

                                          By:       /S/ JOHN H. DUERDEN    
                                             ------------------------------
                                             John H. Duerden
                                             Chairman, Chief Executive
                                               Officer and President


         KNOWN BY ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that each person whose  signature
appears below  constitutes  and appoints Scott M. Shaw and Joseph D.  Skrzypczak
his true and lawful  attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution
and  resubstitution,  for him and in his name,  place and stead,  in any and all
capacities,  to sign any and all  amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K,
and to file  the  same,  with  all  exhibits  thereto  and  other  documents  in
connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto
said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each
and every  act and thing  requisite  and  necessary  to be done in and about the
premises,  as fully as he might or  could do in  person,  hereby  ratifying  and
confirming all that said  attorney-in-fact and agent or their or his substitutes
or substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

         Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
this  Report has been  signed  below by the  following  persons on behalf of the
Registrant and in the capacities indicated on the 26th day of March, 1999.

           SIGNATURE                                   TITLE(S)

 /S/  JOHN H. DUERDEN                  Chairman, Chief Executive Officer 
- ------------------------------         and President (Principal Executive
        John H. Duerden                Officer)

 /S/  JOSEPH D. SKRZYPCZAK             Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial
- ------------------------------         Officer and Director (Principal Financial
Joseph D. Skrzypczak                   and Accounting Officer)

/S/ ALBERT J. FITZGIBBONS, III                        Director
- ------------------------------
 Albert J. Fitzgibbons, III

 /S/  EMIL F. JACHMANN                                Director
- ------------------------------
     Emil F. Jachmann

/S/   ALEXIS P. MICHAS                                Director
- ------------------------------
      Alexis P. Michas

/S/   SCOTT M. SHAW                                   Director
- ------------------------------
       Scott M. Shaw

 /S/  PETER P. TONG                                   Director
- ------------------------------
       Peter P. Tong


                               66
<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX


                                                                   SEQUENTIALLY
EXHIBITS                DESCRIPTION                                NUMBERED PAGE
- --------                -----------                                -------------

 2.1   --  Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement,  dated as of April
           25, 1995,  between  Pitney  Bowes Inc. and  Dictaphone
           Acquisition   Inc.   (filed  as  Exhibit  2.1  to  the
           Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No.
           33-93464, filed on June 14, 1995).
 2.2   --  Amendment to Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement, dated
           August  11,  1995,   between  Pitney  Bowes  Inc.  and
           Dictaphone  Acquisition  Inc. (filed as Exhibit 2.2 to
           the Company's  Form 10-Q for the fiscal  quarter ended
           June 30, 1995, filed on September 21, 1995).
 2.3   --  Asset  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  August  11,  1995,
           between  Dictaphone  Canada  Ltd./Ltee and  Dictaphone
           Canada  Acquisition  Inc. (filed as Exhibit 2.3 to the
           Company's  Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June
           30, 1995, filed on September 21, 1995).
 2.4   --  Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  August  11,  1995,
           between Pitney Bowes  Deutschland  GmbH and Dictaphone
           Acquisition   Inc.   (filed  as  Exhibit  2.4  to  the
           Company's  Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June
           30, 1995, filed on September 21, 1995).
 2.5   --  Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  August  11,  1995,
           between Walnut Street Corp. and Dictaphone Acquisition
           Inc.  (filed as Exhibit 2.5 to the Company's Form 10-Q
           for the fiscal  quarter ended June 30, 1995,  filed on
           September 21, 1995).
 2.6   --  Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  August  11,  1995,
           between Pitney Bowes Holdings Ltd. and Dictaphone U.K.
           Acquisition  Limited  (filed  as  Exhibit  2.6  to the
           Company's  Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June
           30, 1995, filed on September 21, 1995).
 2.7   --  General Conveyance  Agreement,  dated August 11, 1995,
           between  Dictaphone  Canada  Ltd./Ltee and  Dictaphone
           Canada  Acquisition  Inc. (filed as Exhibit 2.7 to the
           Company's  Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June
           30, 1995, filed on September 21, 1995).
 2.8   --  Assumption of Liabilities Agreement,  dated August 11,
           1995,   between   Dictaphone   Canada   Ltd./Ltee  and
           Dictaphone  Canada  Acquisition Inc. (filed as Exhibit
           2.8 to the Company's  Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter
           ended June 30, 1995, filed on September 21, 1995).
 2.9   --  Merger Agreement between  Dictaphone U.S.  Acquisition
           Inc. and Dictaphone Corporation, dated August 11, 1995
           (filed as Exhibit 2.9 to the  Company's  Form 10-Q for
           the  fiscal  quarter  ended  June 30,  1995,  filed on
           September 21, 1995).
 2.10  --  Agreement  and  Plan  of  Merger  between   Dictaphone
           Corporation and Dictaphone  Corporation (U.S.),  dated
           January  28,  1998  (filed  as  Exhibit  2.10  to  the
           Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December
           31, 1997, filed on March 30, 1998).
 2.11  --  Certificate of Ownership and Merger merging Dictaphone
           Corporation with and into Dictaphone  (U.S.) (filed as
           Exhibit 2.11 to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal
           year  ended  December  31,  1997,  filed on March  30,
           1998).
 3(i)  --  Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation  of Dictaphone
           Corporation.
3(ii)  --  By-Laws of the Company,  adopted April 20, 1995 (filed
           as  Exhibit  3.3 to the  Company's  Form  10-Q for the
           fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1995, filed on September
           21, 1995).

                               67
<PAGE>
                                                                   SEQUENTIALLY
EXHIBITS                DESCRIPTION                                NUMBERED PAGE
- --------                -----------                                -------------

 4.1   --  Indenture,  dated as of  August  11,  1995,  among the
           Company,  Dictaphone  Corporation  (U.S.) and  Shawmut
           Bank  Connecticut,   National  Association,   Trustee,
           relating to the 11-3/4% Senior  Subordinated Notes Due
           2005  of the  Company  (filed  as  Exhibit  4.1 to the
           Company's  Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June
           30, 1995, filed on September 21, 1995).
 4.2   --  Bank  Credit  Agreement, dated as of  August  7, 1995,
           among the Company,  Dictaphone  Corporation (U.S.) and
           the Lenders party thereto (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the
           Company's  Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June
           30, 1995, filed on September 21, 1995).
 4.3   --  First Amendment to Credit Agreement,  dated as of June
           28, 1996,  among the Company,  Dictaphone  Corporation
           (U.S.) and the Lenders party thereto (filed as Exhibit
           10.13 to the  Company's  Current  Report  on Form 8-K,
           filed on July 18, 1996).
 4.4   --  Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of June
           27,  1997, among the  Company,  Dictaphone Corporation
           (U.S.) and the Lenders party thereto (filed as Exhibit
           10.15 to the  Company's  Current  Report  on Form 8-K,
           filed on July 8, 1997).
 4.5   --  Third  Amendment  (Technical   Correction)  to  Credit
           Agreement,  dated as of July 21,  1997,  by and  among
           Dictaphone  Corporation  (U.S.) and the Lenders  party
           thereto  (filed as Exhibit 10.19 to the Company's Form
           10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1997, filed
           on August 14, 1997).
 4.6   --  Fourth  Amendment  to  Credit  Agreement, dated  as of
           November 14, 1997, by and among Dictaphone Corporation
           and the Lenders party thereto  (filed as Exhibit 10.20
           to the Company's  Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on
           November 21, 1997).
*4.7   --  Limited   Waiver   and  Fifth   Amendment   to  Credit
           Agreement,  dated  December  31,  1998,  by and  among
           Dictaphone  Corporation  (U.S.) and the Lenders  party
           thereto.
*4.8   --  Limited   Waiver   and  First   Amendment   to  Credit
           Agreement,   dated  as  of  December  31, 1998,  among
           Dictaphone  Corporation  (U.S.) and the Lender's party
           thereto.
 10.1  --  Subscription   Agreements   for  the  Equity   Private
           Placements,  dated as of  August  7,  1995  (filed  as
           Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 10-Q for the fiscal
           quarter  ended June 30, 1995,  filed on September  21,
           1995).
 10.2  --  Subscription    Agreement   for   Management   Private
           Placement,  dated  as of  August  7,  1995  (filed  as
           Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Form 10-Q for the fiscal
           quarter  ended June 30, 1995,  filed on September  21,
           1995).
 10.3  --  Stockholders  Agreement,  dated as of August 11,  1995
           (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's  Form 10-Q for
           the  fiscal  quarter  ended  June 30,  1995,  filed on
           September 21, 1995).
 10.4  --  Employment  contract of John H.  Duerden,  dated as of
           August 9, 1995 (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's
           Form 10-Q for the fiscal  quarter ended June 30, 1995,
           filed on September  21, 1995).+
 10.5  --  Amendment    to   employment   contract   of  John  H.
           Duerden,  dated January 1, 1997 (filed as Exhibit 10.5
           to  the Company's  Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
           December 31, 1996, filed on March 31, 1997).+
*10.6  --  Letter  Agreement, dated  October  21,  1998,  between
           Dictaphone Corporation and Joseph D. Skrzypczak.+
 10.7  --  Employment contract of Robert G. Schwager,  dated June
           19,  1995  (filed  as  Exhibit  10.7 to the  Company's
           Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 33-93464,
           filed on June 14, 1995).+

                               68
<PAGE>

                                                                   SEQUENTIALLY
EXHIBITS                DESCRIPTION                                NUMBERED PAGE
- --------                -----------                                -------------

 10.8  --  Management  Stock Option Plan of the Company (filed as
           Exhibit 10.9 to the Company's Form 10-Q for the fiscal
           quarter  ended June 30, 1995,  filed on September  21,
           1995)  and  Amendment  No. 1 to the  Management  Stock
           Option  Plan,  dated as of April  27,  1996  (filed as
           Exhibit  10.13  to the  Company's  Form  10-Q  for the
           fiscal quarter ended March 31, 1996,  filed on May 15,
           1996).+
 10.9  --  Supply Agreement,  dated August 11, 1995,  between the
           Company and Pitney Bowes Inc.  (filed as Exhibit 10.10
           to the  Company's  Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the
           fiscal  year  ended   December  31,  1995,   File  No.
           33-93464,  filed on March 29, 1996).           
10.10  --  Leasing  Agreement,  dated  August  10,  1995, between
           Dictaphone Corporation (U.S.) and Pitney Bowes  Credit
           Corporation (filed as Exhibit  10.11 to the  Company's
           Annual Report on Form  10-K for the fiscal year  ended
           December  31,  1995, File No. 33-93464, filed on March
           29, 1996).
10.11  --  Consulting    Agreement,  dated   November  17,  1995,
           between  the Company  and Emil F. Jachmann  (filed  as
           Exhibit 10.12  to  the Company's Annual Report on Form
           10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, File
           No. 33-93464, filed on March 29, 1996).+
10.12  --  Form  of  Letter  Agreement  amending the Subscription
           Agreement for the Management Private  Placement, dated
           as of August 7, 1995, and  the Stockholders Agreement,
           dated as of August  11,  1995 (filed as  Exhibit 10.14
           to  the  Company's  Form 10-Q  for  the fiscal quarter
           ended March 31, 1996, filed on May 15, 1996).+
10.13  --  Letter   Agreement,  dated   April  11,  1997, between
           the Company and Peter Tong (filed  as Exhibit 10.16 to
           the Company's Form 10-Q for the  fiscal  quarter ended
           June 30, 1997, filed on August 14, 1997).+
10.14  --  Stock   Option   Agreement,   dated   August 1,  1997,
           between  the  Company  and  John H. Duerden (filed  as
           Exhibit 10.15  to the Company's  Form 10-K405  for the
           fiscal  year ended  December 31, 1997, filed  on March
           31, 1998).+
10.15  --  Amendment  No. 2 to the  Dictaphone  Management  Stock
           Option Plan (filed as Exhibit  10.18 to the  Company's
           Form 10-Q for the fiscal  quarter ended June 30, 1997,
           filed on August 14, 1997).+
10.16  --  Letter  Agreement  between  the  Company and Ronald A.
           Elwell, dated November 8, 1996 (filed as Exhibit 10.18
           to  the  Company's  Form  10-K405  for the fiscal year
           ended December 31, 1997, filed on March 31, 1998). +
10.17  --  Stock Option Agreement,  dated August 1, 1997, between
           the Company and Peter P. Tong (filed as Exhibit  10.19
           to the  Company's  Form  10-Q for the  fiscal  quarter
           ended March 31, 1998, filed on May 14, 1998).+
10.18  --  Agreement  of  Purchase  and  Sale  of  Stratford,  CT
           property between Dictaphone Corporation and Stratford,
           CT  Business  Trust,  dated  May 14,  1998  (filed  as
           Exhibit  10.20  to the  Company's  Form  10-Q  for the
           fiscal  quarter ended June 30, 1998,  filed August 14,
           1998).
10.19  --  Lease  Agreement  of  Stratford,  CT  property between
           Dictaphone  Corporation  and  Stratford,  CT  Business
           Trust, dated  May  14,  1998 (filed  as  Exhibit 10.21
           to  the  Company's  Form  10-Q  for the fiscal quarter
           ended June 30, 1998, filed August 14, 1998).

                               69
<PAGE>
                                                                   SEQUENTIALLY
EXHIBITS                DESCRIPTION                                NUMBERED PAGE
- --------                -----------                                -------------

*10.20 --  Letter   Agreement,   dated  May  28,  1997,   between
           Dictaphone Corporation and Mr. Daniel P. Hart.+
*10.21 --  Executive  Severance  Agreement,  dated  November  11,
           1996,  between  Dictaphone  Corporation and Mr. Daniel
           Hart.+
 21.1  --  List of  subsidiaries of the Company (filed as Exhibit
           21 to the  Company's  Registration  Statement  on Form
           S-1, File No. 33-93464, filed on June 14, 1995).
 24    --  Powers of Attorney  (included  on the  signature  page
           hereof).
*27    --  Financial Data Schedule.

- --------------------------------

*    Filed herewith.
+    Management contract of compensatory arrangement.


                               70



                                                                     Exhibit 4.7

                             DICTAPHONE CORPORATION
                       LIMITED WAIVER AND FIFTH AMENDMENT
                               TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


          This  LIMITED  WAIVER AND FIFTH  AMENDMENT TO CREDIT  AGREEMENT  (this
"AMENDMENT")  is dated as of December  31,  1998 and  entered  into by and among
DICTAPHONE  CORPORATION  (successor to Dictaphone  Acquisition Inc.), a Delaware
corporation ("COMPANY"),  and the financial institutions listed on the signature
pages hereof  ("LENDERS"),  and is made with  reference  to that certain  Credit
Agreement  dated as of August 7,  1995,  as  amended  to the date  hereof (as so
amended, the "CREDIT AGREEMENT"),  by and among Company,  Lenders,  NationsBank,
N.A. (Carolinas), as documentation agent for Lenders, and Bankers Trust Company,
as  administrative  agent for  Lenders  and as  collateral  agent  for  Lenders.
Capitalized  terms used herein without  definition  shall have the same meanings
herein as set forth in the Credit Agreement.

                                 R E C I T A L S
                                 - - - - - - - -

          WHEREAS,  Company  has  informed  Lenders  that  it  will  not  be  in
compliance  with  the  covenants  set  forth  in  subsection  7.6 of the  Credit
Agreement as of December 31, 1998 and for the four-Fiscal  Quarter period ending
on such date;

          WHEREAS,  Company has requested Lenders to waive Company's  compliance
with subsection 7.6 of the Credit  Agreement as of December 31, 1998 and for the
four-Fiscal Quarter period ending on such date;

          WHEREAS,   Stonington   Fund  has  agreed  to  provide   Company  with
$20,000,000  in new cash equity  contributions,  the  proceeds of which  Company
desires to use for working capital and general corporate purposes; and

          WHEREAS,  Company also desires (i) to consummate  the Melbourne  Asset
Sale,  (ii) to retain a portion of the proceeds  thereof for working capital and
general  corporate  purposes,  and (iii) to use the  remainder  of the  proceeds
thereof (a) to prepay certain scheduled principal installments in respect of the
Tranche B Term Loans and the New Term  Loans and (b) to reduce the  Subordinated
Indebtedness  evidenced by the  Subordinated  Notes by making certain  scheduled
interest payments and repurchasing certain Subordinated Notes.

          NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises and the agreements,
provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. WAIVER

          Subject to the terms and  conditions  set forth herein and in reliance
on the  representations  and  warranties of Company  herein  contained,  Lenders
hereby waive  compliance by Company with the provisions of subsection 7.6 of the
Credit Agreement as of December 31, 1998 and for the four-Fiscal  Quarter period
ending on such date.


<PAGE>

SECTION 2. LIMITATION OF WAIVER

          Without  limiting the generality of the provisions of subsection  10.6
of the Credit  Agreement,  the waiver set forth above shall be limited precisely
as  written  and  shall  relate  solely  to  Company's  non-compliance  with the
provisions  of subsection  7.6 of the Credit  Agreement in the manner and to the
extent described above, and nothing in this Amendment shall be deemed to:

               (i)  constitute a waiver of compliance by Company with respect to
          (a) subsection  7.6 of the Credit  Agreement in any other instance for
          any period  commencing  after December 31, 1998 or (b) any other term,
          provision  or  condition  of the  Credit  Agreement,  the  other  Loan
          Documents or any other  instrument  or  agreement  referred to therein
          (whether in connection with the above waiver or otherwise); or

               (ii)  prejudice  any right or remedy that Agent or any Lender may
          now have or may have in the  future  under or in  connection  with the
          Credit  Agreement,  the other Loan Documents,  any other instrument or
          agreement referred to therein or under applicable law.

          Except as  expressly  set  forth  herein,  the  terms,  provisions and
conditions of the Credit  Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain in
full  force and  effect  and in all  other  respects  are  hereby  ratified  and
confirmed.

SECTION 3. AMENDMENTS TO THE CREDIT AGREEMENT

3.1  AMENDMENTS TO SUBSECTION 1.1: CERTAIN DEFINED TERMS.
     ---------------------------------------------------

          A. AMENDMENTS TO EXISTING  DEFINITIONS.  Certain definitions contained
          in  subsection  1.1 of the  Credit  Agreement  are  hereby  amended as
          follows:

               (i)  The definition of "CONSOLIDATED NET WORTH" is hereby amended
                    by  adding  the  phrase  "or  the   Melbourne   Asset  Sale"
                    immediately    after    the    phrase    "Specified    Asset
                    Sale/Financing" contained therein.

               (ii) The definition of "SPECIFIED ASSET SALE/FINANCING" is hereby
                    amended by  deleting  it in its  entirety  and  substituting
                    therefor the  following:

                              "SPECIFIED ASSET SALE/FINANCING" means each of the
                              Headquarters    Asset   Sale,   the   Headquarters
                              Financing and/or the Swiss Asset Sale.

          B. ADDITION OF NEW DEFINITIONS. Subsection 1.1 of the Credit Agreement
          is hereby  amended by adding thereto the following  definitions  which
          shall be inserted in proper alphabetical order:

                    "JANUARY 1999 EQUITY" means not less than $20,000,000 in new
                    cash payment in kind preferred equity  contributions made to
                    Company  by the  Stonington  Fund on or before  January  28,
                    1999.


                                       2
<PAGE>

                    "FIFTH  AMENDMENT"  means that  certain  Limited  Waiver and
                    Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of December 31,
                    1998 by and among Company and Lenders.

                    "FIFTH AMENDMENT EFFECTIVE DATE" has the meaning assigned to
                    that term in the Fifth Amendment.

                    "FIRST AMENDMENT TO NEW CREDIT AGREEMENT" means that certain
                    Limited Waiver and First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated
                    as of  December  31,  1998  by and  among  Company  and  New
                    Lenders.

                    "INITIAL  PREPAYMENT  AMOUNT" means the first $35,000,000 of
                    the Net Cash Proceeds of the Melbourne Asset Sale,  Existing
                    Lenders'  Share of which  amount  shall be applied to prepay
                    the   Tranche   B  Term   Loans   pursuant   to   subsection
                    2.4B(iii)(c).

                    "INITIAL  RETAINED  AMOUNT" has the meaning assigned to that
                    term in subsection 2.4B(iii)(c).

3.2  AMENDMENT TO SUBSECTION 2.2A(II): RATE OF INTEREST.
     --------------------------------------------------

          (i)  Subsection  2.2A(ii)(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended
               by  deleting  the  reference  to "2.25%"  contained  therein  and
               substituting therefor "2.75%".

          (ii) Subsection  2.2A(ii)(b) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended
               by  deleting  the  reference  to "3.25%"  contained  therein  and
               substituting therefor "3.75%".

3.3  AMENDMENTS TO SUBSECTION 2.4B: PREPAYMENTS AND REDUCTIONS IN COMMITMENTS.
     ------------------------------------------------------------------------

     A.  MANDATORY  PREPAYMENT  EVENTS.   Subsection  2.4B(iii)  of  the  Credit
     Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

          (i)  Paragraphs  (c),  (d),  (e),  (f),  (g),  (h),  (i)  and  (j)  of
               subsection  2.4B(iii) of the Credit  Agreement are  relettered as
               (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i), (j) and (k).

          (ii) A new  paragraph  (c)  of  subsection  2.4B(iii)  of  the  Credit
               Agreement is added as follows:

                         "(c)  PREPAYMENTS FROM THE MELBOURNE ASSET SALE. On the
                    date of receipt by Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any
                    Cash  Proceeds of an Asset Sale  constituting  the Melbourne
                    Asset Sale, Company shall prepay the Tranche B Term Loans in
                    an amount equal to Existing  Lenders'  Share of the Net Cash
                    Proceeds  of  the  Melbourne  Asset  Sale;   PROVIDED  that,
                    anything  contained herein to the contrary  notwithstanding,
                    (1) from  and  after  such  time as the  aggregate  Net Cash
                    Proceeds of the  Melbourne  Asset Sale equals or exceeds the


                                       3
<PAGE>

                    Initial  Prepayment  Amount,  Company  shall be  entitled to
                    retain  (without  any  corresponding  prepayment  under this
                    subsection  2.4B(iii)(c))  the next $20,000,000 in excess of
                    the  Initial   Prepayment   Amount  (the  "INITIAL  RETAINED
                    AMOUNT")  of the Net Cash  Proceeds of the  Melbourne  Asset
                    Sale and (2) from and after such time as the  aggregate  Net
                    Cash Proceeds of the Melbourne  Asset Sale equals or exceeds
                    $55,000,000,  Company  shall prepay the Tranche B Term Loans
                    in an amount equal to Existing  Lenders' Share of 50% of the
                    Net Cash Proceeds of the  Melbourne  Asset Sale in excess of
                    $55,000,000  (any Net Cash Proceeds of the  Melbourne  Asset
                    Sale being  retained by Company  pursuant to this clause (2)
                    shall not be subject  to  prepayment  under this  subsection
                    2.4B(iii)(c)); and PROVIDED, FURTHER that, to the extent any
                    portion of New  Lenders'  Share of any Net Cash  Proceeds of
                    the  Melbourne  Asset Sale are not applied to prepay the New
                    Term Loans as required under  subsection  2.4B(ii)(b) of the
                    New  Credit  Agreement  as in effect on the Fifth  Amendment
                    Effective  Date (after giving effect to the First  Amendment
                    to New Credit  Agreement),  Company  shall  promptly make an
                    additional  prepayment  of the  Tranche  B Term  Loans in an
                    amount  equal to such  portion  not so applied to prepay the
                    New Term Loans.  Any prepayments of the Tranche B Term Loans
                    pursuant to this subsection 2.4B(iii)(c) shall be applied to
                    the  remaining  scheduled  installments  of principal of the
                    Tranche B Term  Loans set forth in  subsection  2.4A(ii)  in
                    forward order of maturity."

          (iii)Paragraph  (c) of  subsection  2.4B(iii) of the Credit  Agreement
               (before giving effect to the  relettering  of such  paragraph) is
               amended  by adding  the  phrase  "or the  Melbourne  Asset  Sale"
               immediately after the phrase "Specified Asset Sale/Financing".

          (iv) Paragraph  (d) of  subsection  2.4B(iii) of the Credit  Agreement
               (before giving effect to the  relettering  of such  paragraph) is
               amended  by   deleting   "(other   than  Cash   proceeds  of  any
               Headquarters  Financing or any other Indebtedness permitted under
               subsection 7.1)" and substituting therefor the following:

                         "(other than the January 1999 Equity, the Cash proceeds
                         of any Headquarters Financing or any other Indebtedness
                         permitted under subsection 7.1)".

          (v)  Paragraph  (h) of  subsection  2.4B(iii) of the Credit  Agreement
               (before giving effect to the  relettering  of such  paragraph) is
               amended by:

               (a)  deleting  the  reference to  "subsections  2.4B(iii)(b)-(g)"
                    contained  therein and  substituting  therefor  "subsections
                    2.4B(iii)(b)-(h)"; and


                                       4
<PAGE>

               (b)  adding  the  phrase  "(including,  without  limitation,  the
                    Melbourne  Asset  Sale)"  immediately  after the phrase "Net
                    Cash  Proceeds of Asset  Sale".  

     B. APPLICATION OF CERTAIN MANDATORY PREPAYMENTS.  Subsection 2.4B(iv)(b) of
     the Credit  Agreement is hereby  amended by deleting it in its entirety and
     substituting therefor the following:

          "(b)  APPLICATION OF CERTAIN  MANDATORY  PREPAYMENTS OF TRANCHE B TERM
          LOANS  TO  THE  SCHEDULED   INSTALLMENTS  OF  PRINCIPAL  THEREOF.  Any
          mandatory  prepayments  of  the  Tranche  B  Term  Loans  pursuant  to
          subsections   2.4B(iii)(d)-(h)   (and  any  related   such   mandatory
          prepayments  pursuant to subsection  2.4B(iii)(i)) shall be applied to
          reduce  the  remaining  scheduled  installments  of  principal  of the
          Tranche B Term Loans set forth in subsection 2.4A(ii) in inverse order
          of maturity."

3.4  AMENDMENTS TO SUBSECTION 6.4: MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES; INSURANCE.
     ------------------------------------------------------------------

          Subsection  6.4 of the Credit  Agreement  is amended by deleting  each
     reference to "subsection  2.4B(iii)(a)"  contained therein and substituting
     therefor "subsection 2.4B(iii)(d)".

3.5  AMENDMENTS TO SUBSECTION 7.5: RESTRICTED JUNIOR PAYMENTS.
     --------------------------------------------------------

          Subsection  7.5 of the Credit  Agreement is hereby amended by deleting
     it in its entirety and substituting therefor the following:

               "7.5 RESTRICTED JUNIOR PAYMENTS.

                    Company   shall  not,  and  shall  not  permit  any  of  its
               Subsidiaries  to, directly or indirectly,  declare,  order,  pay,
               make or set  apart  any sum for any  Restricted  Junior  Payment;
               PROVIDED  that  (i) on or  after  August  1,  1999,  Company  may
               repurchase  certain  Subordinated  Notes  so  long  as  (a)  such
               Subordinated  Notes are  repurchased  only with  proceeds  of the
               Melbourne Asset Sale constituting all or a portion of the Initial
               Retained  Amount,  (b)  Company  shall  have  made the  regularly
               scheduled  interest  payment  due on August 1, 1999 in respect of
               the Subordinated  Notes (subject to clause (ii) hereof),  and (c)
               no Event of Default  or  Potential  Event of  Default  shall have
               occurred  and be  continuing  or shall be  caused  thereby;  (ii)
               Company  may make  regularly  scheduled  payments  of interest in
               respect of the  Subordinated  Indebtedness in accordance with the
               terms of, and only to the extent  required by, and subject to the
               subordination  provisions  contained  in, the  indenture or other
               agreement  pursuant to which such  Subordinated  Indebtedness was
               issued,  as such indenture or other agreement may be amended from
               time to time to the extent permitted under subsection  7.15B; and
               (iii)  so long as no  Event  of  Default  or  Potential  Event of
               Default  shall have occurred and be continuing or shall be caused


                                       5
<PAGE>

               thereby,   Company  may  make   Restricted   Junior  Payments  to
               repurchase shares of Company Common Stock (or options or warrants
               to acquire  Company  Common Stock) from  Management  Investors in
               accordance with the terms of the Stockholders Agreement."

3.6  AMENDMENTS TO SUBSECTION 7.6: FINANCIAL COVENANTS.
     -------------------------------------------------

          Subsections  7.6A, B, and D of the Credit Agreement are hereby amended
     by deleting them in their entirety and substituting therefor the following:

          "A. MAXIMUM LEVERAGE RATIO.  Company shall not permit the ratio of (i)
     Consolidated  Total  Debt as of the  last  day of any  four-Fiscal  Quarter
     period  ending during any of the periods set forth below (or as of the last
     day of any of the one, two or three Fiscal Quarter periods, as the case may
     be,  occurring after January 1, 1999 and ending on or before  September 30,
     1999) to (ii)  Consolidated  EBITDA for such one, two, three or four-Fiscal
     Quarter  period,  as the case may be, to exceed the applicable  correlative
     ratio indicated in the relevant  column below  (depending on whether or not
     the Melbourne Asset Sale has been  consummated on or before the last day of
     the applicable one, two, three or four-Fiscal Quarter period):


                                MAXIMUM LEVERAGE RATIO    MAXIMUM LEVERAGE RATIO
                                (BEFORE THE MELBOURNE     (AFTER THE MELBOURNE
               PERIOD                 ASSET SALE)              ASSET SALE)
         ------------------     ----------------------    ----------------------

         January 1, 1999 -            13.30:1.00                15.10:1.00
           March 31, 1999

         April 1, 1999 -              13.40:1.00                15.70:1.00
           June 30, 1999

         July 1, 1999 -               10.60:1.00                13.00:1.00
           September 30, 1999

         October 1, 1999 -             6.20:1.00                 6.80:1.00
           December 31, 1999

         January 1, 2000 -             6.20:1.00                 6.60:1.00
           March 31, 2000

         April 1, 2000 -               5.80:1.00                 6.20:1.00
           June 30, 2000

         July 1, 2000 -                5.50:1.00                 5.90:1.00
           September 30, 2000

         October 1, 2000 -             5.20:1.00                 5.70:1.00
           December 31, 2000


                                       6
<PAGE>

         January 1, 2001 -             5.00:1.00                 5.50:1.00
           March 31, 2001

         April 1, 2001 -               4.80:1.00                 5.20:1.00
           June 30, 2001

         July 1, 2001 -                4.60:1.00                 4.90:1.00
           September 30, 2001

         October 1, 2001 -             4.40:1.00                 4.70:1.00
           December 31, 2001

         January 1, 2002 -             4.20:1.00                 4.50:1.00
           March 31, 2002


     B.  MINIMUM  CONSOLIDATED  EBITDA.  Company  shall not permit  Consolidated
     EBITDA for any four Fiscal  Quarter  period  ending on any of the dates set
     forth below (or for any of the one, two or three consecutive Fiscal Quarter
     periods,  as the case may be, occurring after January 1, 1999 and ending on
     or before  September 30, 1999) to be less than the  applicable  correlative
     amount  indicated in the relevant column below (depending on whether or not
     the Melbourne Asset Sale has been  consummated on or before the last day of
     the applicable one, two, three or four-Fiscal Quarter period):


                                MINIMUM CONSOLIDATED     MINIMUM CONSOLIDATED
                                 EBITDA (BEFORE THE        EBITDA (AFTER THE
                DATE            MELBOURNE ASSET SALE)    MELBOURNE ASSET SALE)
         ------------------     ----------------------   ----------------------

           March 30, 1999              8,700,000                 7,400,000

           June 30, 1999              19,500,000                16,600,000

         September 30, 1999           34,900,000                29,900,000

         December 31, 1999            52,100,000                44,800,000

           March 30, 2000             55,900,000                47,500,000

           June 30, 2000              58,300,000                49,300,000

         September 30, 2000           60,700,000                51,300,000


                                       7
<PAGE>

         December 31, 2000            61,800,000                52,000,000

           March 30, 2001             62,500,000                53,000,000

           June 30, 2001              63,500,000                54,100,000

         September 30, 2001           65,500,000                55,700,000

         December 31, 2001            69,200,000                59,100,000

           March 31, 2002             70,300,000                60,000,000


     D. MINIMUM INTEREST  COVERAGE RATIO.  Company shall not permit the ratio of
     (i) Consolidated  EBITDA MINUS  Consolidated  Capital  Expenditures to (ii)
     Consolidated  Interest  Expense for any  four-Fiscal  Quarter period ending
     during any of the periods  set forth  below (or for any of the one,  two or
     three  consecutive  Fiscal Quarter  periods,  as the case may be, occurring
     after  January 1, 1999 and ending on or before  September  30,  1999) to be
     less than the applicable correlative ratio indicated in the relevant column
     below  (depending  on  whether  or not the  Melbourne  Asset  Sale has been
     consummated on or before the last day of the applicable  one, two, three or
     four-Fiscal Quarter period):


                                   MINIMUM INTEREST         MINIMUM INTEREST
                                    COVERAGE RATIO           COVERAGE RATIO
               PERIOD           (BEFORE THE MELBOURNE     (AFTER THE MELBOURNE
                                     ASSET SALE)               ASSET SALE)
         ------------------     ----------------------    ---------------------

         January 1, 1999 -            0.00:1.00                 0.00:1.00
           March 31, 1999

         April 1, 1999 -              0.00:1.00                 0.00:1.00
           June 30, 1999

         July 1, 1999-                0.20:1.00                 0.15:1.00
           September 30, 1999

         October 1, 1999 -            0.70:1.00                 0.65:1.00
           December 31, 1999

         January 1, 2000 -            0.70:1.00                 0.60:1.00
           March 31, 2000


                                       8
<PAGE>

         April 1, 2000 -              0.80:1.00                 0.60:1.00
           June 30, 2000

         July 1, 2000 -               0.80:1.00                 0.70:1.00
           September 30, 2000

         October 1, 2000 -            0.90:1.00                 0.70:1.00
           December 31, 2000

         January 1, 2001 -            0.95:1.00                 0.70:1.00
           March 31, 2001

         April 1, 2001 -              1.00:1.00                 0.80:1.00
           June 30, 2001

         July 1, 2001 -               1.05:1.00                 0.85:1.00
           September 30, 2001

         October 1, 2001 -            1.10:1.00                 0.90:1.00
           December 31, 2001

         January 1, 2002 -            1.20:1.00                 1.00:1.00
           March 31, 2002


3.7  AMENDMENTS TO SUBSECTION  7.7:  RESTRICTION ON FUNDAMENTAL  CHANGES;  ASSET
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
     SALES AND ACQUISITIONS.
     ----------------------

          Subsection  7.7(vii)  of the  Credit  Agreement  is hereby  amended by
     deleting it in its entirety and substituting therefor the following:

          "(vii) subject to subsection  7.13,  Company and its  Subsidiaries (a)
          may make Asset Sales constituting  Specified Asset  Sale/Financings or
          the Melbourne  Asset Sale and (b) may make other Asset Sales of assets
          having  a  fair  market  value  not in  excess  of  $2,000,000  in the
          aggregate  during the term of this  Agreement;  PROVIDED  that (x) the
          consideration received for the assets that are the subject of any such
          Asset Sale described in the foregoing clause (a) or (b) shall be in an
          amount at least equal to the fair market value  thereof;  (y) at least
          80%  (or  100%  in  the  case  of the  Melbourne  Asset  Sale)  of the
          consideration  received  shall be cash;  and (z) the  proceeds of such
          Asset Sales shall be applied as required by  subsection  2.4B(iii)(b),
          (c) or (d),  as the case  may be;  and  PROVIDED,  FURTHER  that,  the
          Melbourne  Asset Sale shall occur on or before  December  31, 1999 and
          the consideration received therefor shall be in a net aggregate amount
          of not less than $37,500,000."


                                       9
<PAGE>

3.8  AMENDMENT TO SUBSECTION 7.17: RECEIVABLES PROGRAM.
     -------------------------------------------------

          Subsection  7.17 of the Credit  Agreement  is amended by deleting  the
     reference to "subsection  2.4B(iii)(b)"  contained therein and substituting
     therefor "subsection 2.4B(iii)(d)".

3.9  AMENDMENTS TO SECTION 8: EVENTS OF DEFAULT.
     ------------------------------------------
          Section 8 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting ":" at
     the end of subsection 8.14 and substituting "; or" therefor,  and by adding
     a new subsection 8.15 thereto as follows:

          "8.15  STONINGTON  FUND'S  FAILURE  TO MAKE THE  JANUARY  1999  EQUITY
                 CONTRIBUTION.

                 Stonington  Fund shall not have  contributed  the January  1999
                 Equity to Company on or before  January 28, 1999, in cash in an
                 aggregate amount of at least $20,000,000:"

SECTION 4. CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS

     Sections 1, 2 and 3 of this Amendment shall become  effective only upon the
prior or concurrent satisfaction of all of the following conditions (the date of
satisfaction of such conditions being referred to herein as the "FIFTH AMENDMENT
EFFECTIVE DATE"):

     A. COMPANY  DOCUMENTS.  On or before the Fifth  Amendment  Effective  Date,
     Company  shall deliver to Lenders (or to  Administrative  Agent for Lenders
     with sufficient  originally  executed copies,  where appropriate,  for each
     Lender and its counsel) the following,  each, unless otherwise noted, dated
     the Fifth Amendment Effective Date:

          (i)  Resolutions of its Board of Directors  approving and  authorizing
               the  execution,  delivery,  and  performance  of this  Amendment,
               certified  as of  the  Fifth  Amendment  Effective  Date  by  its
               corporate  secretary or an  assistant  secretary as being in full
               force and effect without modification or amendment;

          (ii) Signature and incumbency  certificates of its officers  executing
               this Amendment;and 

         (iii) Executed  copies of this  Amendment.

     B. FIRST  AMENDMENT TO NEW CREDIT  AGREEMENT.  All  conditions set forth in
     subsection 4 of that certain First  Amendment and Limited  Waiver to Credit
     Agreement  dated as of  December  31,  1998 by and  among  Company  and New
     Lenders  (the "FIRST  AMENDMENT TO NEW CREDIT  AGREEMENT")  shall have been
     satisfied and the First Amendment to New Credit Agreement shall have become
     effective.


                                       10
<PAGE>

     C. OPINION OF COMPANY'S  COUNSEL.  Lenders shall have  received  originally
     executed copies of a favorable  written opinion of Dan Hart, Esq.,  counsel
     for Company, in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent and
     its  counsel,   dated  the  Fifth   Amendment   Effective  Date.

     D. OTHER PROCEEDINGS.  On or before the Fifth Amendment Effective Date, all
     corporate and other proceedings taken or to be taken in connection with the
     transactions  contemplated hereby and all documents  incidental thereto not
     previously found acceptable by  Administrative  Agent,  acting on behalf of
     Lenders,  and its counsel  shall be  satisfactory  in form and substance to
     Administrative  Agent and such counsel,  and Administrative  Agent and such
     counsel  shall have  received all such  counterpart  originals or certified
     copies of such documents as  Administrative  Agent may reasonably  request.

SECTION 5. COMPANY'S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

          In order to induce  Lenders to enter into this  Amendment and to amend
the Credit  Agreement in the manner  provided  herein,  Company  represents  and
warrants to each  Lender that the  following  statements  are true,  correct and
complete:

     A. CORPORATE POWER AND AUTHORITY. Company has all requisite corporate power
     and  authority  to  enter  into  this   Amendment  and  to  carry  out  the
     transactions contemplated by, and perform its obligations under, the Credit
     Agreement as amended by this Agreement (the "AMENDED AGREEMENT").

     B.  AUTHORIZATION  OF  AGREEMENTS.  The  execution  and  delivery  of  this
     Amendment  and the  performance  of the  Amended  Agreement  have been duly
     authorized by all necessary  corporate action on the part of Company. 

     C. NO CONFLICT. The execution and delivery by Company of this Amendment and
     the performance by Company of the Amended Agreement do not and will not (i)
     violate any  provision of any law or any  governmental  rule or  regulation
     applicable  to  Company  or any of its  Subsidiaries,  the  Certificate  or
     Articles of  Incorporation  or Bylaws of Company or any of its Subsidiaries
     or any order, judgment or decree of any court or other agency of government
     binding on Company or any of its  Subsidiaries,  (ii) conflict with, result
     in a breach of or  constitute  (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a
     default  under  any  Contractual  Obligation  of  Company  or  any  of  its
     Subsidiaries,  (iii) result in or require the creation or imposition of any
     Lien  upon  any  of the  properties  or  assets  of  Company  or any of its
     Subsidiaries  (other than Liens created under any of the Loan  Documents in
     favor of Agents on behalf of  Lenders),  or (iv)  require  any  approval of
     stockholders or any approval or consent of any Person under any Contractual
     Obligation of Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

     D.  GOVERNMENTAL  CONSENTS.  The  execution and delivery by Company of this
     Amendment and the  performance  by Company of the Amended  Agreement do not
     and will not  require any  registration  with,  consent or approval  of, or
     notice to, or other  action to,  with or by,  any  federal,  state or other
     governmental authority or regulatory body.


                                       11
<PAGE>

     E. BINDING OBLIGATION.  This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered
     by Company,  and this  Amendment and the Amended  Agreement are the legally
     valid and binding  obligations of Company,  enforceable  against Company in
     accordance  with  their  respective  terms,  except  as may be  limited  by
     bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating
     to or limiting  creditors'  rights  generally  or by  equitable  principles
     (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at
     law or in equity).

     F. INCORPORATION OF  REPRESENTATIONS  AND WARRANTIES FROM CREDIT AGREEMENT.
     The  representations  and  warranties  contained in Section 5 of the Credit
     Agreement  are and will be  true,  correct  and  complete  in all  material
     respects on and as of the Fifth Amendment Effective Date to the same extent
     as  though  made  on  and as of  that  date,  except  to  the  extent  such
     representations  and warranties  specifically relate to an earlier date, in
     which case they were true, correct and complete in all material respects on
     and as of such earlier date.


     G. ABSENCE OF DEFAULT. (i) After giving effect to this Amendment,  no event
     has occurred and is continuing that would constitute an Event of Default or
     a  Potential  Event of Default  and (ii) no Event of  Default or  Potential
     Event of Default  will result  from the  consummation  of the  transactions
     contemplated by this Amendment.

SECTION 6. MISCELLANEOUS

     A.  Reference  to and  Effect on the  Credit  Agreement  and the Other Loan
     Documents.

          (i)  On and after the Fifth  Amendment  Effective Date, each reference
               in  the  Credit  Agreement  to  "this  Agreement",   "hereunder",
               "hereof",  "herein"  or words  of like  import  referring  to the
               Credit Agreement,  and each reference in the other Loan Documents
               to the "Credit  Agreement",  "thereunder",  "thereof" or words of
               like import referring to the Credit Agreement shall mean and be a
               reference to the Amended Agreement.

          (ii) Except as specifically  amended or waived by this Amendment,  the
               Credit  Agreement  and the other Loan  Documents  shall remain in
               full  force and effect and are  hereby  ratified  and  confirmed.

          (iii)The execution,  delivery and  performance of this Amendment shall
               not, except as expressly provided herein,  constitute a waiver of
               any provision  of, or operate as a waiver of any right,  power or
               remedy of Agent or any Lender under,  the Credit Agreement or any
               of the other Loan Documents.

     B.  FEES  AND  EXPENSES.  Company  acknowledges  that all  costs,  fees and
     expenses as described in subsection 10.2 of the Credit  Agreement  incurred
     by Administrative  Agent and its counsel with respect to this Amendment and
     the documents and transactions contemplated hereby shall be for the account
     of Company.


                                       12
<PAGE>

     C. HEADINGS. Section and subsection headings in this Amendment are included
     herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of
     this Amendment for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.

     D.  APPLICABLE  LAW. THIS  AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND  OBLIGATIONS OF THE
     PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED
     IN ACCORDANCE  WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK  (INCLUDING
     WITHOUT  LIMITATION  SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL  OBLIGATIONS  LAW OF THE
     STATE OF NEW YORK).

     E.  COUNTERPARTS;  EFFECTIVENESS.  This  Amendment  may be  executed in any
     number  of  counterparts  and  by  different  parties  hereto  in  separate
     counterparts,  each of which when so  executed  and  delivered  (whether in
     original  form or by telecopy)  shall be deemed an  original,  but all such
     counterparts  together shall  constitute  but one and the same  instrument;
     signature  pages may be detached from multiple  separate  counterparts  and
     attached to a single counterpart so that all signature pages are physically
     attached to the same document. This Amendment (other than the provisions of
     Section 1-3  hereof,  the  effectiveness  of which is governed by Section 4
     hereof) shall become  effective upon the execution of a counterpart  hereof
     by Company,  by Requisite Lenders and by Requisite Class Lenders of Lenders
     having  Tranche  B Term Loan  Exposure  and upon  receipt  by  Company  and
     Administrative  Agent  of  written  or  telephonic   notification  of  such
     execution  and  authorization  of  delivery  thereof.


                  [Remainder of page intentionally left blank]


























                                       13
<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to
be duly  executed and  delivered by their  respective  officers  thereunto  duly
authorized as of the date first written above.

          COMPANY:

                                        DICTAPHONE CORPORATION


                                        By: /s/ JOSEPH D. SKRYZYPCZAK
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:  Joseph D. Skryzypczak
                                           Title: Chief Operating Officer











































                                       S-1
<PAGE>

               LENDERS:

                                        BANKERS TRUST COMPANY


                                        By: /s/ ROBERT R. TELESCA
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:  Robert R. Telesca
                                           Title: Assistant Vice President



                                        NATIONSBANK, N.A. (CAROLINAS)


                                        By: /s/ CHRIS BARTON
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:  Chris Barton
                                           Title: Vice President



                                        DK  ACQUISITION  PARTNERS,  L.P.
                                        by M.H. Davidson & Co., 
                                        its General Partner


                                        By:
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:
                                           Title:


























                                       S-2
<PAGE>

                                        THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, N.A.


                                        By:
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:
                                           Title:



                                        CAPTIVA FINANCE LTD.


                                        By: /s/ DAVID EGGLISHAW
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:  David Egglishaw
                                           Title:



                                        CAPTIVA II FINANCE LTD.


                                        By: /s/ DAVID EGGLISHAW
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:  David Egglishaw
                                           Title:



                                        CERES FINANCE LTD.


                                        By: /s/ DAVID EGGLISHAW
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:  David Egglishaw
                                           Title:



                                        BEAR STEARNS INVESTMENT PRODUCTS, INC.


                                        By:
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:
                                           Title:













                                       S-3
<PAGE>

                                     MERRILL LYNCH SENIOR
                                     FLOATING RATE FUND, INC.


                                     By:
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Name:
                                        Title:



                                     MERRILL LYNCH PRIME RATE PORTFOLIO


                                     By:
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Name:
                                        Title:



                                     MERRILL LYNCH DEBT STRATEGIES PORTFOLIO,
                                     INC.


                                     By:
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Name:
                                        Title:



                                     ML CBO IV (CAYMAN) LTD.

                                     By Highland Capital Management, L.P.
                                     as Collateral Manager


                                     By: /s/ JOSEPH DONDERO
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Name:  Joseph Dondero
                                        Title: President
                                               Highland Capital Management, L.P.
















                                       S-4
<PAGE>

                                     PAMCO CAPITAL

                                     By Highland Capital Management, L.P.
                                     as Collateral Manager


                                     By: /s/ JOSEPH DONDERO
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Name:  Joseph Dondero
                                        Title: President
                                               Highland Capital Management, L.P.



                                     PAMCO CAYMAN LTD.

                                     By Highland Capital Management, L.P.
                                     as Collateral Manager


                                     By: /s/ JOSEPH DONDERO
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Name:  Joseph Dondero
                                        Title: President
                                               Highland Capital Management, L.P.



                                     MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.


                                     By: /s/ C. PUCILLO
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Name:  C. Pucillo
                                        Title:



                                     FRANKLIN MUTUAL ADVISORS, INC.


                                     By:
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Name:
                                        Title:















                                       S-5

<PAGE>

                                        MERRILL LYNCH PIERCE,
                                        FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED


                                        By: /s/ NEIL BRISSON
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:  Neil Brisson
                                           Title: Director



                                        KZH-PAMCO LLC


                                        By: /s/ VIRGINIA CONWAY
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:  Virginia Conway
                                           Title: Authorized Agent



                                        PPM AMERICA, INC.



                                        By:
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:
                                           Title:



                                        TD SECURITIES (USA), INC.


                                        By:
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Name:
                                           Title:



















                                       S-6




                                                                     Exhibit 4.8


                             DICTAPHONE CORPORATION
                       LIMITED WAIVER AND FIRST AMENDMENT
                               TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

         This  LIMITED  WAIVER AND FIRST  AMENDMENT  TO CREDIT  AGREEMENT  (this
"AMENDMENT")  is dated as of December  31,  1998 and  entered  into by and among
DICTAPHONE  CORPORATION  (successor to Dictaphone  Acquisition Inc.), a Delaware
corporation ("COMPANY"),  and the financial institutions listed on the signature
pages hereof  ("LENDERS"),  and is made with  reference  to that certain  Credit
Agreement dated as of November 14, 1997 (the "CREDIT  AGREEMENT"),  by and among
Company,  Lenders, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as syndication agent for
lenders,  and Bankers Trust Company, as administrative  agent for Lenders and as
collateral agent for Lenders.  Capitalized terms used herein without  definition
shall have the same meanings herein as set forth in the Credit Agreement.

                                 R E C I T A L S
                                 - - - - - - - -

         WHEREAS, Company has informed Lenders that it will not be in compliance
with the  covenants set forth in  subsection  7.6 of the Credit  Agreement as of
December 31, 1998 and for the four-Fiscal Quarter period ending on such date;

         WHEREAS,  Company has requested  Lenders to waive Company's  compliance
with subsection 7.6 of the Credit  Agreement as of December 31, 1998 and for the
four-Fiscal Quarter period ending on such date;

         WHEREAS, Stonington Fund has agreed to provide Company with $20,000,000
in new cash equity  contributions,  the proceeds of which Company desires to use
for working capital and general corporate purposes; and

         WHEREAS,  Company also desires (i) to consummate  the  Melbourne  Asset
Sale,  (ii) to retain a portion of the proceeds  thereof for working capital and
general  corporate  purposes,  and (iii) to use the  remainder  of the  proceeds
thereof (a) to prepay certain scheduled principal installments in respect of the
Loans and the Existing  Tranche B Term Loans and (b) to reduce the  Subordinated
Indebtedness  evidenced by the  Subordinated  Notes by making certain  scheduled
interest payments and repurchasing certain Subordinated Notes.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration of the premises and the agreements,
provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. WAIVER

         Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in reliance on
the representations  and warranties of Company herein contained,  Lenders hereby
waive  compliance by Company with the provisions of subsection 7.6 of the Credit
Agreement as of December 31, 1998 and for the four-Fiscal  Quarter period ending
on such date.


<PAGE>

SECTION 2. LIMITATION OF WAIVER

         Without limiting the generality of the provisions of subsection 10.6 of
the Credit  Agreement,  the waiver set forth above shall be limited precisely as
written and shall relate solely to Company's  non-compliance with the provisions
of  subsection  7.6 of the  Credit  Agreement  in the  manner  and to the extent
described above, and nothing in this Amendment shall be deemed to:

         (i)  constitute a  waiver of compliance  by Company with respect to (a)
    subsection 7.6 of the Credit Agreement in any other instance for any  period
    commencing  after  December 31, 1998  or (b)  any other  term, provision  or
    condition of the  Credit Agreement,  the  other Loan Documents  or any other
    instrument  or agreement referred to therein (whether in connection with the
    above waiver or otherwise); or

         (ii) prejudice  any  right or  remedy that  Agent or any Lender may now
     have or may have in the  future under  or in  connection  with  the  Credit
     Agreement,  the  other Loan Documents, any  other instrument  or  agreement
     referred to therein or under applicable law.

         Except  as  expressly  set forth  herein,  the  terms,  provisions  and
conditions of the Credit  Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain in
full  force and  effect  and in all  other  respects  are  hereby  ratified  and
confirmed.

SECTION 3. AMENDMENTS TO THE CREDIT AGREEMENT

    3.1  AMENDMENTS TO SUBSECTION 1.1:  CERTAIN DEFINED TERMS.
         ----------------------------------------------------

         A.   AMENDMENTS TO EXISTING DEFINITIONS.  Certain definitions contained
         in  subsection  1.1  of  the  Credit  Agreement  are hereby  amended as
         follows:

              (i)  The definition of "CONSOLIDATED NET WORTH" is hereby  amended
                   by   adding  the  phrase  "or  the   Melbourne  Asset   Sale"
                   immediately after the phrase "Specified Asset Sale/Financing"
                   contained therein.

              (ii) The definition of "SPECIFIED ASSET SALE/FINANCING" is  hereby
                   amended  by  deleting  it  in  its entirety and  substituting
                   therefor the following:

                       "SPECIFIED ASSET SALE/FINANCING" means each of the
                       Headquarters Asset Sale, the Headquarters Financing
                       and/or the Swiss Asset Sale.

          B.   ADDITION OF NEW DEFINITIONS. Subsection 1.1 of the Credit 
          Agreement is hereby  amended by adding thereto the following  
          definitions which shall be inserted in proper alphabetical order:

                   "JANUARY 1999 EQUITY" means not less than $20,000,000 in  new
                   cash payment in  kind preferred  equity contributions made to
                   Company by the Stonington Fund on or before January 28, 1999.


                                       2
<PAGE>

                   "FIRST AMENDMENT" means that certain Limited Waiver and First
                   Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of  December  31, 1998
                   by and among Company and Lenders.

                   "FIRST AMENDMENT EFFECTIVE DATE"  has the meaning assigned to
                   that term in the First Amendment.

                   "FIFTH  AMENDMENT TO  EXISTING  CREDIT  AGREEMENT" means that
                   certain   Limited  Waiver  and  Fifth  Amendment   to  Credit
                   Agreement dated as of  December 31, 1998 by and among Company
                   and Existing Lenders.

                   "INITIAL PREPAYMENT AMOUNT"  means  the  first $35,000,000 of
                   the Net Cash Proceeds of the  Melbourne Asset Sale,  Lenders'
                   Share of which  amount shall  be applied  to prepay the Loans
                   pursuant  to  subsection 2.4B(ii)(b).

                   "INITIAL  RETAINED  AMOUNT"  has the meaning assigned to that
                   term in subsection 2.4B(ii)(b).

    3.2  AMENDMENTS TO SUBSECTION 2.4A:  SCHEDULED PAYMENTS OF LOANS.
         -----------------------------------------------------------

         Subsection 2.4A of the redit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

               (i)  The table set forth in  subsection  2.4A is  deleted  in its
                    entirety and the following table is substituted therefor:

                         DATE                      SCHEDULED REPAYMENT OF LOANS
                         ----                      ----------------------------
                  December 31, 1998                          $627,500  
                  December 31, 1999                          $627,500  
                  December 31, 2000                          $627,500  
                  December 31, 2001                          $627,500  
                  June 30, 2002                           $60,240,000 
                ---------------------              ----------------------------
                      Total                               $62,750,000 
                                                           


               (ii) The  reference  to "June 30,  2003"  contained in the second
                    proviso of subsection 2.4A is deleted and "June 30, 2002" is
                    substituted therefor.


    3.3  AMENDMENTS TO SUBSECTION 2.4B: PREPAYMENTS.
         ------------------------------------------

         A.   MANDATORY  PREPAYMENT  EVENTS.  Subsection  2.4B(ii) of the Credit
         Agreement is hereby amended as follows:


                                       3
<PAGE>

                   (i)  Paragraph (a)   of  subsection  2.4B(ii)  of  the Credit
                        Agreement  is  amended  by  adding  the  phrase  "or the
                        Melbourne  Asset Sale"  immediately after  the    phrase
                        "Specified  Asset Sale/Financing".

                  (ii)  Paragraphs  (b),  (c),  (d),  (e), and (f) of subsection
                        2.4B(ii) of the Credit Agreement  are relettered as (c),
                        (d), (e), (f), and (g).

                 (iii)  A new paragraph (b) of subsection 2.4B(ii) of the Credit
                        Agreement is added as follows:

                             "(b)  PREPAYMENTS  FROM  THE  MELBOURNE ASSET SALE.
                        On  the  date  of  receipt  by  Company  or  any of  its
                        Subsidiaries  of any  Cash  Proceeds of  an  Asset  Sale
                        constituting the Melbourne  Asset  Sale,  Company  shall
                        prepay the Loans in an amount equal to Lenders' Share of
                        the  Net  Cash  Proceeds  of  the  Melbourne Asset Sale;
                        PROVIDED that, anything contained herein to the contrary
                        notwithstanding,  (1)  from and  after  such time as the
                        aggregate Net Cash Proceeds of the Melbourne  Asset Sale
                        equals or exceeds the Initial Prepayment Amount, Company
                        shall be entitled to retain  (without any  corresponding
                        prepayment  under  this subsection 2.4B(ii)(b)) the next
                        $20,000,000 in excess of the Initial  Prepayment  Amount
                        (the "INITIAL RETAINED AMOUNT") of the Net Cash Proceeds
                        of the Melbourne Asset Sale and (2) from and  after such
                        time as the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds of the Melbourne
                        Asset Sale equals or exceeds $55,000,000, Company  shall
                        prepay the Loans in an amount equal to Lenders' Share of
                        50% of the Net Cash Proceeds of the Melbourne Asset Sale
                        in excess of $55,000,000 (any Net Cash  Proceeds  of the
                        Melbourne Asset Sale being  retained by Company pursuant
                        to this clause (2) shall not be  subject  to  prepayment
                        under  this subsection   2.4B(ii)(b));   and   PROVIDED,
                        FURTHER  that,  to the extent  any  portion of  Existing
                        Lenders' Share of any Net Cash Proceeds of the Melbourne
                        Asset  Sale  are  not  applied  to prepay  the  Existing
                        Tranche  B  Term  Loans  as  required  under  subsection
                        2.4B(iii)(c)  of  the  Existing  Credit  Agreement as in
                        effect on  the  First Amendment  Effective  Date  (after
                        giving effect to the Fifth Amendment to  Existing Credit
                        Agreement),  Company shall  promptly make an  additional
                        prepayment  of  the  Loans in  an  amount  equal to such
                        portion not so applied to prepay the Existing  Tranche B
                        Term  Loans.  Any  prepayments  of the Loans pursuant to
                        this  subsection   2.4B(ii)(b) shall be  applied  to the
                        remaining  scheduled  installments  of  principal of the
                        Loans set forth in subsection 2.4A in  forward  order of
                        maturity."

                  (iv)  Paragraph (b)  of  subsection  2.4B(ii)  of  the  Credit
                        Agreement  (before  giving  effect to the relettering of
                        such paragraph) is amended by deleting "(other than Cash


                                       4
<PAGE>

                        proceeds of any Headquarters Financing  or   any   other
                        Indebtedness   permitted  under   subsection 7.1)"   and
                        substituting therefor the following:

                             "(other than  the  January  1999 Equity,  the  Cash
                             proceeds of any Headquarters Financing or any other
                             Indebtedness permitted under subsection 7.1)".

                   (v)  Paragraph  (f) of  subsection  2.4B(ii)  of  the  Credit
                        Agreement   (before  giving  effect  to  the relettering
                        of such  paragraph)  is amended by:

                        (a)  deleting    the     reference     to   "subsections
                        2.4B(ii)(a)-(e)"  contained  therein  and   substituting
                        therefor "subsections 2.4B(ii)(a)-(f)"; and

                        (b)  adding the phrase "(including,  without limitation,
                        the  Melbourne   Asset  Sale)"  immediately   after  the
                        phrase "Net Cash Proceeds of Asset Sale".

         B.   APPLICATION OF PREPAYMENTS.  Subsection 2.4B(iii)(b) of the Credit
         Agreement  is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and
         substituting therefor the following:

                   "(b) APPLICATION  OF  MANDATORY  PREPAYMENTS OF  LOANS TO THE
                        SCHEDULED  INSTALLMENTS OF PRINCIPAL THEREOF.  Except as
                        provided  in  subsection   2.4B(ii)(b),   any  mandatory
                        prepayment  of the Loans  shall be applied to reduce the
                        scheduled  installments  of  principal  of the Loans set
                        forth in subsection 2.4A in inverse order of maturity."

    3.4  AMENDMENTS TO SUBSECTION 6.4:  MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES; INSURANCE.
         -------------------------------------------------------------------

         Subsection  6.4 of the  Credit  Agreement  is  amended  (a) by deleting
    the phrase "subsection  2.4B(ii)(a) and" and (b) by adding the  phrase  "and
    subsection  2.4B(iii)(d)"   immediately   after   the   phrase   "subsection
    2.4B(iii)(c)".

    3.5  AMENDMENTS TO SUBSECTION 7.5:  RESTRICTED JUNIOR PAYMENTS.
         ---------------------------------------------------------

         Subsection  7.5 of the Credit  Agreement is hereby  amended by deleting
    it in its entirety and substituting therefor the following:

                   "7.5    RESTRICTED JUNIOR PAYMENTS.
                           --------------------------

                            Company  shall not,  and shall not permit any of its
                    Subsidiaries  to,  directly or indirectly,  declare,  order,
                    pay,  make or set  apart any sum for any  Restricted  Junior
                    Payment;  PROVIDED  that (i) on or  after  August  1,  1999,
                    Company may repurchase certain Subordinated Notes so long as
                    (a)  such  Subordinated  Notes  are  repurchased  only  with
                    proceeds of the Melbourne Asset Sale  constituting  all or a
                    portion of the Initial  Retained  Amount,  (b) Company shall
                    have made the regularly  scheduled  interest  payment due on
                    August 1, 1999 in respect of the Subordinated Notes (subject


                                       5
<PAGE>

                    to  clause  (ii)  hereof),  and (c) no Event of  Default  or
                    Potential  Event  of  Default  shall  have  occurred  and be
                    continuing or shall be caused thereby; (ii) Company may make
                    regularly  scheduled  payments of interest in respect of the
                    Subordinated  Indebtedness  in accordance with the terms of,
                    and only to the  extent  required  by,  and  subject  to the
                    subordination  provisions  contained  in, the  indenture  or
                    other   agreement   pursuant  to  which  such   Subordinated
                    Indebtedness   was  issued,   as  such  indenture  or  other
                    agreement  may be  amended  from time to time to the  extent
                    permitted under  subsection  7.15B;  and (iii) so long as no
                    Event of Default or  Potential  Event of Default  shall have
                    occurred  and be  continuing  or  shall be  caused  thereby,
                    Company may make  Restricted  Junior  Payments to repurchase
                    shares of Company  Common  Stock (or  options or warrants to
                    acquire Company Common Stock) from  Management  Investors in
                    accordance with the terms of the Stockholders Agreement."

    3.6  AMENDMENTS TO SUBSECTION 7.6: FINANCIAL COVENANTS.
         -------------------------------------------------

          Subsections  7.6A, B, and D of the Credit Agreement are hereby amended
     by deleting them in their entirety and substituting therefor the following:

          "A. MAXIMUM LEVERAGE RATIO.  Company shall not permit the ratio of (i)
     Consolidated  Total  Debt as of the  last  day of any  four-Fiscal  Quarter
     period  ending during any of the periods set forth below (or as of the last
     day of any of the one, two or three Fiscal Quarter periods, as the case may
     be,  occurring after January 1, 1999 and ending on or before  September 30,
     1999) to (ii)  Consolidated  EBITDA for such one, two, three or four-Fiscal
     Quarter  period,  as the case may be, to exceed the applicable  correlative
     ratio indicated in the relevant  column below  (depending on whether or not
     the Melbourne Asset Sale has been  consummated on or before the last day of
     the applicable one, two, three or four-Fiscal Quarter period):


                               MAXIMUM LEVERAGE RATIO   MAXIMUM LEVERAGE RATIO
                               (BEFORE THE MELBOURNE     (AFTER THE MELBOURNE
              PERIOD                ASSET SALE)               ASSET SALE)
        --------------------- ----------------------- ------------------------
        
        January 1, 1999 -            13.30:1.00               15.10:1.00
          March 31, 1999
        
         April 1, 1999 -             13.40:1.00               15.70:1.00
          June 30, 1999
        
          July 1, 1999 -             10.60:1.00               13.00:1.00
        September 30, 1999
        
          October 1, 1999 -           6.20:1.00                6.80:1.00
        December 31, 1999


                                       6
<PAGE>
        
        January 1, 2000 -             6.20:1.00                6.60:1.00
          March 31, 2000          
                                  
         April 1, 2000 -              5.80:1.00                6.20:1.00
          June 30, 2000           
                                  
          July 1, 2000 -              5.50:1.00                5.90:1.00
        September 30, 2000        
                                  
         October 1, 2000 -            5.20:1.00                5.70:1.00
        December 31, 2000         
                                  
        January 1, 2001 -             5.00:1.00                5.50:1.00
          March 31, 2001          
                                  
         April 1, 2001 -              4.80:1.00                5.20:1.00
          June 30, 2001           
                                  
          July 1, 2001 -              4.60:1.00                4.90:1.00
        September 30, 2001        
                                  
         October 1, 2001 -            4.40:1.00                4.70:1.00
        December 31, 2001         
                                  
        January 1, 2002 -             4.20:1.00                4.50:1.00
          March 31, 2002          
                                 

          B. MINIMUM CONSOLIDATED EBITDA.  Company shall not permit Consolidated
     EBITDA for any four Fiscal  Quarter  period  ending on any of the dates set
     forth below (or for any of the one, two or three consecutive Fiscal Quarter
     periods,  as the case may be, occurring after January 1, 1999 and ending on
     or before  September 30, 1999) to be less than the  applicable  correlative
     amount  indicated in the relevant column below (depending on whether or not
     the Melbourne Asset Sale has been  consummated on or before the last day of
     the applicable one, two, three or four-Fiscal Quarter period):



                            MINIMUM CONSOLIDATED        MINIMUM CONSOLIDATED
                             EBITDA (BEFORE THE          EBITDA (AFTER THE
            DATE            MELBOURNE ASSET SALE)       MELBOURNE ASSET SALE)
      ------------------  -------------------------  ---------------------------
      
        March 30, 1999            8,700,000                  7,400,000


                                       7
<PAGE>

        June 30, 1999            19,500,000                 16,600,000

      September 30, 1999         34,900,000                 29,900,000

      December 31, 1999          52,100,000                 44,800,000

        March 30, 2000           55,900,000                 47,500,000

        June 30, 2000            58,300,000                 49,300,000

      September 30, 2000         60,700,000                 51,300,000

      December 31, 2000          61,800,000                 52,000,000

        March 30, 2001           62,500,000                 53,000,000

        June 30, 2001            63,500,000                 54,100,000

      September 30, 2001         65,500,000                 55,700,000

      December 31, 2001          69,200,000                 59,100,000

        March 31, 2002           70,300,000                 60,000,000


          D. MINIMUM INTEREST COVERAGE RATIO. Company shall not permit the ratio
     of (i) Consolidated EBITDA MINUS Consolidated  Capital Expenditures to (ii)
     Consolidated  Interest  Expense for any  four-Fiscal  Quarter period ending
     during any of the periods  set forth  below (or for any of the one,  two or
     three  consecutive  Fiscal Quarter  periods,  as the case may be, occurring
     after  January 1, 1999 and ending on or before  September  30,  1999) to be
     less than the applicable correlative ratio indicated in the relevant column
     below  (depending  on  whether  or not the  Melbourne  Asset  Sale has been
     consummated on or before the last day of the applicable  one, two, three or
     four-Fiscal Quarter period):

                                     MINIMUM INTEREST         MINIMUM INTEREST
                                      COVERAGE RATIO           COVERAGE RATIO
                                  (BEFORE THE MELBOURNE     (AFTER THE MELBOURNE
              PERIOD                   ASSET SALE)               ASSET SALE)
      ---------------------       ---------------------     --------------------

         January 1, 1999 -              0.00:1.00                0.00:1.00
           March 31, 1999


                                       8
<PAGE>

          April 1, 1999 -               0.00:1.00                0.00:1.00
           June 30, 1999

           July 1, 1999-                0.20:1.00                0.15:1.00
         September 30, 1999

          October 1, 1999 -             0.70:1.00                0.65:1.00
         December 31, 1999

         January 1, 2000 -              0.70:1.00                0.60:1.00
           March 31, 2000

          April 1, 2000 -               0.80:1.00                0.60:1.00
           June 30, 2000

           July 1, 2000 -               0.80:1.00                0.70:1.00
         September 30, 2000

          October 1, 2000 -             0.90:1.00                0.70:1.00
         December 31, 2000

         January 1, 2001 -              0.95:1.00                0.70:1.00
           March 31, 2001

          April 1, 2001 -               1.00:1.00                0.80:1.00
           June 30, 2001

           July 1, 2001 -               1.05:1.00                0.85:1.00
         September 30, 2001

          October 1, 2001 -             1.10:1.00                0.90:1.00
         December 31, 2001

         January 1, 2002 -              1.20:1.00                1.00:1.00
           March 31, 2002


     3.7  AMENDMENTS TO SUBSECTION 7.7: RESTRICTION ON FUNDAMENTAL CHANGES;
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          ASSET SALES AND ACQUISITIONS.
          ----------------------------

          Subsection  7.7(vii)  of the  Credit  Agreement  is hereby  amended by
     deleting it in its entirety and substituting therefor the following:


                                       9
<PAGE>

     "(vii) subject to subsection  7.13,  Company and its  Subsidiaries  (a) may
     make  Asset  Sales  constituting  Specified  Asset  Sale/Financings  or the
     Melbourne  Asset Sale and (b) may make other Asset Sales of assets having a
     fair market value not in excess of $2,000,000  in the aggregate  during the
     term of this Agreement;  PROVIDED that (x) the  consideration  received for
     the assets  that are the  subject of any such Asset Sale  described  in the
     foregoing  clause  (a) or (b) shall be in an  amount at least  equal to the
     fair  market  value  thereof;  (y) at least 80% (or 100% in the case of the
     Melbourne Asset Sale) of the consideration  received shall be cash; and (z)
     the proceeds of such Asset Sales shall be applied as required by subsection
     2.4B(ii)(a)  or (b), as the case may be; and PROVIDED,  FURTHER  that,  the
     Melbourne  Asset Sale shall  occur on or before  December  31, 1999 and the
     consideration  received  therefor shall be in a net aggregate amount of not
     less than $37,500,000."

     3.8  AMENDMENT TO SUBSECTION 7.17: RECEIVABLES PROGRAM.
          -------------------------------------------------

          Subsection  7.17 of the Credit  Agreement  is amended by deleting  the
     reference to "subsection  2.4B(ii)(c)"  contained  therein and substituting
     therefor "subsection 2.4B(ii)(d)".

     3.9  AMENDMENTS TO SECTION 8: EVENTS OF DEFAULT.
          ------------------------------------------

          Section 8 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended (a) by adding "or"
     at the end of  subsection  8.13,  and (b) by adding a new  subsection  8.14
     thereto as follows:

          "8.14  STONINGTON FUND'S FAILURE TO MAKE THE JANUARY 1999
                 --------------------------------------------------
                 EQUITY CONTRIBUTION.
                 -------------------

                  Stonington  Fund shall not have  contributed  the January 1999
                  Equity to Company on or before January 28, 1999, in cash in an
                  aggregate amount of at least $20,000,000:"

SECTION 4.  CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS


         Sections 1, 2 and 3 of this Amendment shall become effective only upon
the prior or concurrent  satisfaction  of all of the following  conditions  (the
date of satisfaction  of such conditions  being referred to herein as the "FIRST
AMENDMENT EFFECTIVE DATE"):

          A. COMPANY DOCUMENTS. On or before the First Amendment Effective Date,
          Company  shall  deliver to  Lenders  (or to  Administrative  Agent for
          Lenders with sufficient originally executed copies, where appropriate,
          for each Lender and its counsel) the following, each, unless otherwise
          noted, dated the First Amendment Effective Date:

               (i)  Resolutions   of  its  Board  of  Directors   approving  and
                    authorizing the execution, delivery, and performance of this
                    Amendment,  certified  as of the First  Amendment  Effective
                    Date by its corporate secretary or an assistant secretary as
                    being in full  force  and  effect  without  modification  or
                    amendment;


                                       10
<PAGE>

               (ii) Signature  and  incumbency   certificates  of  its  officers
                    executing this Amendment; and

               (iii) Executed copies of this Amendment.

          B. FIFTH  AMENDMENT TO EXISTING CREDIT  AGREEMENT.  All conditions set
          forth in  subsection 4 of that  certain  Fifth  Amendment  and Limited
          Waiver to Credit  Agreement dated as of December 31, 1998 by and among
          Company and Existing  Lenders (the "FIFTH AMENDMENT TO EXISTING CREDIT
          AGREEMENT")  shall  have been  satisfied  and the Fifth  Amendment  to
          Existing Credit Agreement shall have become effective.

          C.  OPINION  OF  COMPANY'S   COUNSEL.   Lenders  shall  have  received
          originally executed copies of a favorable written opinion of Dan Hart,
          Esq.,  counsel for  Company,  in form and  substance  satisfactory  to
          Administrative  Agent  and its  counsel,  dated  the  First  Amendment
          Effective Date.

          D. OTHER PROCEEDINGS. On or before the First Amendment Effective Date,
          all corporate and other proceedings taken or to be taken in connection
          with the transactions contemplated hereby and all documents incidental
          thereto not  previously  found  acceptable  by  Administrative  Agent,
          acting on behalf of Lenders,  and its counsel shall be satisfactory in
          form and  substance  to  Administrative  Agent and such  counsel,  and
          Administrative  Agent and such  counsel  shall have  received all such
          counterpart  originals  or  certified  copies  of  such  documents  as
          Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

SECTION 5.  COMPANY'S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

          In order to induce  Lenders to enter into this  Amendment and to amend
the Credit  Agreement in the manner  provided  herein,  Company  represents  and
warrants to each  Lender that the  following  statements  are true,  correct and
complete:

          A. CORPORATE POWER AND AUTHORITY.  Company has all requisite corporate
          power and authority to enter into this  Amendment and to carry out the
          transactions  contemplated by, and perform its obligations  under, the
          Credit   Agreement  as  amended  by  this   Agreement   (the  "AMENDED
          AGREEMENT").

          B.  AUTHORIZATION  OF  AGREEMENTS.  The execution and delivery of this
          Amendment and the performance of the Amended  Agreement have been duly
          authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Company.

          C.  NO  CONFLICT.  The  execution  and  delivery  by  Company  of this
          Amendment and the  performance by Company of the Amended  Agreement do
          not  and  will  not  (i)  violate  any  provision  of  any  law or any
          governmental  rule or  regulation  applicable to Company or any of its
          Subsidiaries,  the Certificate or Articles of  Incorporation or Bylaws
          of Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any order, judgment or decree
          of any court or other agency of  government  binding on Company or any
          of its  Subsidiaries,  (ii)  conflict  with,  result in a breach of or
          constitute  (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under


                                       11
<PAGE>

          any  Contractual  Obligation  of Company  or any of its  Subsidiaries,
          (iii) result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien upon
          any of the properties or assets of Company or any of its  Subsidiaries
          (other than Liens created under any of the Loan  Documents in favor of
          Agents  on  behalf  of  Lenders),  or (iv)  require  any  approval  of
          stockholders  or any  approval  or  consent  of any  Person  under any
          Contractual Obligation of Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

          D.  GOVERNMENTAL  CONSENTS.  The  execution and delivery by Company of
          this Amendment and the performance by Company of the Amended Agreement
          do not and will not require any registration with, consent or approval
          of, or notice to, or other action to, with or by, any  federal,  state
          or other governmental authority or regulatory body.

          E.  BINDING  OBLIGATION.  This  Amendment  has been duly  executed and
          delivered by Company, and this Amendment and the Amended Agreement are
          the legally  valid and  binding  obligations  of Company,  enforceable
          against Company in accordance with their respective  terms,  except as
          may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium
          or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors' rights generally or
          by equitable principles  (regardless of whether such enforceability is
          considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

          F.  INCORPORATION  OF  REPRESENTATIONS   AND  WARRANTIES  FROM  CREDIT
          AGREEMENT.  The representations and warranties  contained in Section 5
          of the Credit Agreement are and will be true,  correct and complete in
          all material respects on and as of the First Amendment  Effective Date
          to the same  extent as though  made on and as of that date,  except to
          the extent such representations and warranties  specifically relate to
          an earlier date, in which case they were true, correct and complete in
          all material respects on and as of such earlier date.

          G. ABSENCE OF DEFAULT.  (i) After giving effect to this Amendment,  no
          event has occurred and is continuing that would constitute an Event of
          Default or a  Potential  Event of Default and (ii) no Event of Default
          or Potential Event of Default will result from the consummation of the
          transactions contemplated by this Amendment.

SECTION 6.  MISCELLANEOUS

          A. Reference to and Effect on the Credit  Agreement and the Other Loan
          Documents.

                 (i)  On and after  the  First  Amendment  Effective  Date, each
                      reference  in the Credit  Agreement  to "this  Agreement",
                      "hereunder",  "hereof",  "herein"  or words of like import
                      referring to the Credit  Agreement,  and each reference in
                      the  other  Loan  Documents  to  the  "Credit  Agreement",
                      "thereunder", "thereof" or words of like import referring
                     


                                       12

<PAGE>

                      to the Credit  Agreement  shall mean and be a reference to
                      the Amended Agreement.

                (ii)  Except  as   specifically   amended   or  waived  by  this
                      Amendment,   the  Credit  Agreement  and  the  other  Loan
                      Documents  shall  remain in full  force and effect and are
                      hereby ratified and confirmed.

                (iii) The execution, delivery and performance  of this Amendment
                      shall not, except as expressly provided herein, constitute
                      a waiver of any  provision  of, or  operate as a waiver of
                      any right,  power or remedy of Agent or any Lender  under,
                      the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

          B. FEES AND EXPENSES.  Company  acknowledges  that all costs, fees and
          expenses  as  described  in  subsection  10.2 of the Credit  Agreement
          incurred by Administrative  Agent and its counsel with respect to this
          Amendment and the documents and transactions contemplated hereby shall
          be for the account of Company.

          C.  HEADINGS.  Section and  subsection  headings in this Amendment are
          included  herein  for  convenience  of  reference  only and  shall not
          constitute a part of this  Amendment for any other purpose or be given
          any substantive effect.

          D.  APPLICABLE  LAW. THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND  OBLIGATIONS OF
          THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND
          ENFORCED IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH,  THE INTERNAL  LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW
          YORK  (INCLUDING  WITHOUT  LIMITATION  SECTION  5-1401 OF THE  GENERAL
          OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).

          E. COUNTERPARTS;  EFFECTIVENESS. This Amendment may be executed in any
          number of  counterparts  and by different  parties  hereto in separate
          counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered (whether in
          original  form or by telecopy)  shall be deemed an  original,  but all
          such  counterparts  together  shall  constitute  but one and the  same
          instrument;  signature  pages may be detached from  multiple  separate
          counterparts  and  attached  to  a  single  counterpart  so  that  all
          signature  pages are physically  attached to the same  document.  This
          Amendment  (other  than the  provisions  of Section  1-3  hereof,  the
          effectiveness  of which is governed by Section 4 hereof)  shall become
          effective upon the execution of a counterpart hereof by Company and by
          Requisite Lenders and upon receipt by Company and Administrative Agent
          of  written  or  telephonic   notification   of  such   execution  and
          authorization of delivery thereof.


                                       13
<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to
be duly  executed and  delivered by their  respective  officers  thereunto  duly
authorized as of the date first written above.

          COMPANY:

                             DICTAPHONE CORPORATION


                             By: /s/ JOSEPH D. SKRZYPCZAK
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                Name:  Joseph D. Skrzypczak
                                Title: Chief Operating Officer





































                                      S-1

<PAGE>


          LENDERS:

                             MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.


                             By: /s/ C. PUCILLO
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                Name:  C. Pucillo
                                Title: Vice President



                             MERRILL LYNCH SENIOR FLOATING RATE FUND, INC.


                             By: 
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                Name:  
                                Title: 



                             CAPTIVA FINANCE LTD.


                             By: /s/ DAVID EGGLISHAW
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                Name:  David Egglishaw
                                Title:



                             CAPTIVA II FINANCE LTD.


                             By: /s/ DAVID EGGLISHAW
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                Name:  David Egglishaw
                                Title:



                             CERES FINANCE LTD.


                             By: /s/ DAVID EGGLISHAW
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                Name:  David Egglishaw
                                Title:



                                      S-2

<PAGE>


                             GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.


                             By:
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                Name:
                                Title:



                             KZH-PAMCO CORPORATION


                             By:
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                Name:
                                Title:



                             ML CBO IV (CAYMAN) LTD.


                             Highland Capital Management, L.P.
                             as Collateral Manager


                             By: /s/ JAMES DONDERO
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                Name:  James Dondero
                                Title: President
                                       Highland Capital Management, L.P.



                             PAMCO CAYMAN LTD

                             By Highland Capital Management, L.P.
                             as Collateral Manager


                             By:/s/ JAMES DONDERO
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                Name:  James Dondero
                                Title: President
                                       Highland Capital Management, L.P.






                                      S-3

<PAGE>

                             PAMCO CAPITAL FUNDING, L.P.

                             By Highland Capital Management, L.P.
                             as Collateral Manager


                             By:/s/ JAMES DONDERO
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                Name:  James Dondero
                                Title: President
                                       Highland Capital Management, L.P.






































                                      S-4












                                    October 21, 1998




Mr. Joseph D. Skrzypczak
Chief Operating Officer
Dictaphone Corporation
3191 Broadbridge Avenue
Stratford, CT  06614

Dear Joe:

      Reference  is  made  to  the  employment   letter   agreement  (the  "1995
Agreement")  dated July 21, 1995 and the employment  letter agreement dated July
9,  1997 (the  "1997  Agreement")  both by and  between  Dictaphone  Corporation
("Dictaphone" or the "Company") and you.

      This letter will set forth our agreement  with respect to certain  aspects
of your  employment  relationship  with  Dictaphone and your new duties as Chief
Operating Officer.

      For good and  valuable  consideration,  including  but not  limited to the
agreements  set  forth  herein,  receipt  and  sufficiency  of which  is  hereby
acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

      1.    POSITION  AND  DUTIES.  You are appointed  to serve Chief  Operating
            Officer  of  the  Company,  reporting  to  the  Chairman  and  Chief
            Executive  Officer,  with  operating  responsibility  for  the  CRS,
            IHS/IVS,  Service  and  Information  Systems,  together   with  such
            additions  and/or  changes  as may be  determined  by  the  CEO  and
            Board of Directors of the Company.  You  understand and  agree  that
            the  Company  presently  intends  to  hire  a  new  Chief  Financial
            Officer (with  responsibility for  the Company's  financial  affairs
            and investor  relations) and  a  new Chief  Technical  Officer (with
            responsibility for  product  development  and engineering),  both of
            which  shall  report to  the CEO.  Until  the CFO and CTO  positions
            are  filled by  the  Company,  you  shall  continue  to  manage  the
            finance  and engineering  functions in  your organization  under the
            terms provided herein.


<PAGE>
Mr. Joseph D. Skrzypczak
October 21, 1998
Page 2


      2.    SALARY. Your annual base salary is increased to Three Hundred Thirty
            Five Thousand Dollars  ($335,000) per year,  effective  immediately;
            such  salary,  as may be increased  from time to time,  shall not be
            decreased.

      3.    BONUS ARRANGEMENTS; STOCK OPTIONS.

            3.1   BONUSES. With respect to calendar year 1998, you shall be paid
                  a minimum  guaranteed  bonus equal to fifty  percent  (50%) of
                  your base  salary  (pro-rated  for the  change in base  salary
                  provided  above),  payable  in  the  first  quarter  of  1999.
                  Subsequent to 1998,  you shall be eligible to  participate  in
                  the standard senior executive bonus plan, which provides for a
                  potential  bonus of up to 100% of base salary,  but which does
                  not provide for a minimum guaranteed bonus.

            3.2   ADDITIONAL  STOCK OPTIONS.  You shall be granted an additional
                  Twenty  Thousand   (20,000)  stock  options  pursuant  to  the
                  Company's 1995 Stock Option Plan, as amended.

      4.    PRIOR  AGREEMENTS  TERMINATED.  The  1995  Agreement  and  the  1997
            Agreement  are hereby  terminated  and are of no  further  force and
            effect.  In  consideration  of  your  agreement  to  terminate  such
            agreements,  Dictaphone  shall pay to you the sum of Two Hundred and
            Fifty Thousand ($250,000),  promptly following the execution of this
            Agreement.

      5.    SEVERANCE ARRANGEMENTS. As an "at will" employee, you or the Company
            have the right to terminate your  employment at will at any time. In
            the event that your  employment  with  Dictaphone  is  terminated by
            Dictaphone  without  "cause" ( as defined on Exhibit A hereto),  you
            shall  be  offered  an  "Executive  Severance  Arrangement"  by  the
            Company.

            Under  the  terms  of  the   aforementioned   "Executive   Severance
            Arrangement,"  you  will  be  offered  your  salary  at the  time of
            separation  for a period  of  twenty-four  (24)  months  payable  on
            regular pay days such.  Severance pay will be payable to you in full
            regardless  of your  employment  status with any other  company.  In
            addition,  you  will be  eligible  for  outplacement  services  at a
            nationally  recognized  outplacement firm of the Company's  choosing
            for the severance period or, in lieu of such services,  cash payment
            consistent  with past  Company  practice.  Medical,  dental and life
            insurances  will be  extended to you at the rate that you would have
            paid as an active  employee  under the terms and conditions of those
            plans  for up to  twelve  (12)  months  or until  you  have  secured
            employment elsewhere. You will be eligible for COBRA continuation of
            applicable  benefits  for an  additional  six (6) months for a total
            coverage period of eighteen (18) months.



<PAGE>
Mr. Joseph D. Skrzypczak
October 21, 1998
Page 3


            In any event, the "Executive Severance Arrangement" will require you
            to  sign,  as  a  condition  of  receiving  severance  hereunder,  a
            severance  agreement  including  a release of the  Company  from all
            liability for any acts or violations  relative to any administrative
            procedures  and/or  federal,  state or  local  law(s)  covering  the
            employment  relationship.  The release and severance  agreement will
            also  include  a  non-compete,  non-solicitation  of key  employees,
            non-disclosure  of  confidential  information  and an  agreement  to
            cooperate  with the  Company on any legal and  otherwise  reasonable
            business issues requiring your involvement for resolution.

      6.    MISCELLANEOUS.  This Agreement contains the entire agreement between
            the parties hereto with respect to those matters  addressed  herein.
            The  provisions of this  Agreement  shall be governed by the laws of
            the State of  Connecticut  and shall be  binding  upon  Dictaphone's
            successors and assigns.

      Please  indicate your acceptance of this Agreement by signing in the space
provided below.

                                    Sincerely,

                                    Dictaphone Corporation


                                    By: /s/ JOHN H. DUERDEN
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                          John H. Duerden
                                          Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

cc:   Executive Compensation Committee
      of the Board of Directors of Dictaphone


Agreed to and Accepted:


By:   /s/ JOSEPH D. SKRZYPCZAK
   --------------------------------------
      Joseph D. Skrzypczak

Dated:___________________________________


<PAGE>




                                     ANNEX A

                                   DEFINITIONS



1.    "Cause" is defined as

      (i)   a severe breach of business ethics;

      (ii)  a  violation  of stated  company  policy  which has been  previously
            characterized as a terminable offense;

      (iii) any  act by you  which  could  cause  harm or  embarrassment  to the
            Company were it to be made public; or

      (iv)  any,  willful  or  negligent  material  dereliction  or  substantial
            under-performance  of your job  duties  and  responsibilities  which
            dereliction or  under-performance  is either (a) not capable of cure
            or (b) if  capable  or cure are not so cured  within  10 days  after
            written notice from the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.








                                                                   Exhibit 10.20




                                       May 28, 1997








Daniel P. Hart, Esq.
17 Whitney Street
Westport, CT  06880

Dear Dan:

         In light of Kim Carpenter's imminent departure,  I have asked you to be
responsible  for the  Company's  Human  Resources  department  and function on a
temporary basis. You have agreed to serve in that capacity for the period ending
September 1, 1997.

         In  consideration  of your  agreement  to  serve in the new  role,  the
Company  agrees that, in the event that you continue to be  responsible  for the
Human Resources  function beyond  September 1, 1997, the following  benefits and
agreements shall automatically (effective September 1, 1997) take effect:

         1.       Your  base salary shall be increased by fifteen (15%) percent;
                  and

         2.       Your  bonus in  respect  of 1997  shall  be paid in the  first
                  quarter of 1998 and shall be guaranteed to be a minimum of not
                  less than thirty five (35%)  percent of  your base salary; and

         3.       The two-year  severance  benefits you currently enjoy shall be
                  amended as follows:

                  (i)      you   shall  be   entitled   to   guaranteed   salary
                           continuation severance benefits,  without mitigation,
                           for a period of eighteen (18) months; and

                  (ii)     you   shall   be   entitled   to   six   (6)   months
                           non-guaranteed    severance   benefits    thereafter,
                           consistent with Company  practice in effect as of the
                           date hereof.




<PAGE>


Daniel P. Hart, Esq.
May 28, 1997
Page 2



         You shall  continue  to be entitled  to such other  severance  benefits
consistent with Company practice in effect as of the date hereof.

         This agreement is dated as of the date first written above.

                                       Sincerely,


                                       /s/ JOHN H. DUERDEN
                                       John H. Duerden

JHD/mgt

Agreed to and Accepted:


By:   /s/ DANIEL P. HART
   ------------------------------
         Daniel P. Hart



                                                                   Exhibit 10.21


                            [DICTAPHONE LETTERHEAD]

November 11, 1996



Mr. Dan Hart
General Counsel
Dictaphone Corporation
3191 Broadbridge Avenue
Stratford, CT  06497

Dear Dan:

      This  letter  will set  forth  our  agreement  concerning  your  continued
employment with Dictaphone.

      As I have  expressed to you in person,  I feel  confident that we have the
management  team to move  forward  and  drive  this  business.  Recognizing  the
concerns  as  expressed  by some of the  management  team  relative to issues of
transition  should this  relationship  not develop as I  anticipate,  this is to
confirm that Stonington has agreed with my  recommendation  that, in lieu of the
normal  severance  policy,  an  "Executive  Severance  Arrangement"  including a
severance  pay  period of up to two years  salary  will be offered to you in the
event that your employment is terminated by Dictaphone for any reason other than
cause.  This severance will also be offered to you should your job be eliminated
or a substantial reduction in your responsibilities and compensation occur.

      A termination for cause will be defined as your termination resulting from
a severe breach of business  ethics,  a violation of stated company policy which
would otherwise result in your immediate termination,  your continued failure or
refusal to perform any of the material  duties or  responsibilities  (other than
failure due to a  disability  as defined in  Dictaphone's  disability  policies)
reasonably  required by Dictaphone  hereunder,  substantial  underperformance as
defined below or any act by you which could cause personal harm or embarrassment
to the reputation of the organization were it to become public.

      Substantial    underperformance    will   be   defined   as    substantial
underperformance  by you of your  duties  and  responsibilities,  except  to the
extent   that  such   substantial   underperformance   relates   to  duties  and
responsibilities  which had not been part of your job  assignment  prior to this
agreement and which substantial  underperformance is not corrected by you within
45 days of your receipt of written notice from Dictaphone.

      Under  the terms of this  "Executive  Severance  Arrangement"  you will be
offered your salary at the time of  separation  for a period of up to two years,
payable on regular pay days.  The first year of severance pay will be payable to
you in full, regardless of your employment status with any other company. At the
conclusion  of the  first  twelve  months,  if you have not  secured  employment
elsewhere,  the company will extend your severance pay on a month by month basis
for a maximum of twelve  additional  months.  This  extension,  at the company's
discretion,  will be dependent upon your reasonable efforts to secure employment

<PAGE>

as judged by your  documented job search  activities.  In addition,  you will be
eligible for outplacement services at a nationally recognized  outplacement firm
of the company's  choosing for the severance  period.  Medical,  dental and life
insurances  will be  extended  to you at the rate that you would have paid as an
active  employee  under the terms and conditions of those plans for up to twelve
months or until you have secured employment elsewhere.  You will be eligible for
COBRA  continuation  of applicable  benefits for an additional  six months for a
total coverage period of eighteen months.

      In any event, the "Executive  Severance  Arrangement"  will require you to
sign, as a condition of receiving  severance  hereunder,  an severance agreement
including a release of the company from all liability for any acts or violations
relative to any administrative  procedures and/or federal, state or local law(s)
covering  the  employment   relationship.   The  release  will  also  include  a
non-compete,  non-solicitation  of  employees,  non-disclosure  of  confidential
information  and an  agreement  to  cooperate  with the company on any legal and
otherwise reasonable business issue requiring your involvement for resolution.

      In  the  case  of  your  termination  of  employment  due  to  substantial
underperformance, in lieu of this "Executive Severance Arrangement", you will be
entitled to receive  your salary for up to one year (six months  initial  period
and six months at the company's  discretion) under the same terms and conditions
as sited above.

Sincerely,

/s/  JOHN H. DUERDEN
John H. Duerden


/s/ DAN HART                           11/11/96
- -------------------------------        ---------------------------------
Dan Hart                               Date

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
This  schedule  contains  summary  financial   information  extracted  from  the
condensed  consolidated balance sheet of Dictaphone  Corporation at December 31,
1998 and the condensed  consolidated  statement of operations for the year ended
December  31,  1998  and is  qualified  in its  entirety  by  reference  to such
financial statements.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER>                            1
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                           12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                  Dec-31-1998
<PERIOD-START>                     Jan-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                       Dec-31-1998
<CASH>                                  11,727
<SECURITIES>                                 0
<RECEIVABLES>                           78,400
<ALLOWANCES>                               968
<INVENTORY>                             53,362
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                       150,103
<PP&E>                                  67,188
<DEPRECIATION>                          34,763
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                         454,256
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                   99,011
<BONDS>                                369,737
                   23,915
                                  0
<COMMON>                                   130
<OTHER-SE>                            (52,607)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>           454,256
<SALES>                                244,393
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                       332,318
<CGS>                                  188,688
<TOTAL-COSTS>                          345,688
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                             0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                             0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                      39,715
<INCOME-PRETAX>                       (52,812)
<INCOME-TAX>                             (878)
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                   (53,690)
<DISCONTINUED>                               0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                              0
<CHANGES>                                    0
<NET-INCOME>                          (53,690)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                0
<EPS-DILUTED>                                0
        



</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission